TVET CERTIFICATE V in PLUMBING

1

5

TVET CERTIFICATE V in

PLUMBING

CODE

CSTPLB5001

Kigali December, 2014

2

2 | P a g e

CSTPLB5001-TVET CERTIFICATE V

Plumbing

REQF Level 5 CURRICULUM

i

i | P a g e

© Workforce Development Authority, 2014

Copies available from:

Workforce Development Authority (WDA)

P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali

Tel: (+250) 255113365

Fax: (+250) 255113365

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.wda.gov.rw

Original published version updated:

December, 2014

ii

ii | P a g e

Copyright

The Competent Development Body of this Curriculum is © Workforce Development Authority

(WDA). Reproduced with permission.

The following copyright warning applies to the material from the Training Package:

All rights reserved. This work has been produced initially with WDA. This work is copyright, but

permission is given to trainers and teachers to make copies by photocopying or other

duplicating processes for use with their own training organizations or in a workplace where the

training is being conducted. This permission does not extend to the making of copies for use

outside the immediate training environment for which they are made, nor the making of copies

for hire or resale to third parties. The views expressed in this version of the work do not

necessarily represent the views of WDA. The competent Body does not give warranty nor

accept any liability.

The WDA owns the copyright on all Curricula. Schools may reproduce this program in part or in

full for bona fide study or classroom purposes only. Acknowledgement of the WDA copyright

must be included on any reproductions. Learners may copy reasonable portions of the

curriculum for the purpose of study. Any other use of this curriculum must be referred to

theWDA. Ph: (+250) 255113365; fax: (+250) 255113365.

© Workforce Development Authority (WDA) 2016

Published by

Workforce Development Authority (WDA)

P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali

Tel: (+250) 255113365

Internet: http:// www.wda.gov.rw

http://www.wda.gov.rw/

iii

iii | P a g e

Table of Contents

C o p y r i g h t i i

T a b l e o f C o n t e n t s i i i

L i s t o f a b b r e v i a t i o n s v i i

A c k n o w l e d g m e n t s v i i i

1 . G E N E R A L I N T R O D U C T I O N 1

2 . Q U A L I F I C A T I O N D E T A I L S 2

2.1 Description 2

2.2 Minimum entry requirements 2

2.3 Information about pathways 1

2.4 Job related information 1

2.5 Employability skills and life skills 1

2.6 Information about competencies 3

3 . T R A I N I N G P A C K A G E 4

3.1 Course structure 4

3.2Competencies chart 4

3.4 Flowchart 6

4 . A S S E S S M E N T G U I D E L I N E S 7

4.1 Assessment Methodology 7

4.2 Portfolio 7

C C M O L 0 0 1 - O C C U P A T I O N A N D L E A R N I N G P R O C E S S 1 1

LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment 13

LU 2:Explain the occupation and learning process 16

LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods 19

LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices 22

C C M M S 5 0 1 - M O N I T O R I N G O F O C C U P A T I O N A L S H E A T W O R K P L A C E 2 8

LU 1: Conduct OSH (occupational safety and health) monitoring 30

LU 2:Collect and analyze Occupational health, safety incidents report 35

LU 3: Train all staff on occupational health and safety matters 41

iv

iv | P a g e

C C M U E 5 0 1 - U P P E R I N T E R M E D I A T E W O R K P L A C E E N G L I S H 4 7

LU 1: Communicate orally in social and professional situations with ease 50

LU 2:Read correctly a range of materials 55

LU 3: Listen to audio messages with different English accents to get the intended message 59

LU 4: Produce a variety of medium texts on professional and general topics 63

C C M K N 5 0 1 - I K I N Y A R W A N D A C Y ’ I N T Y O Z A 6 9

LU 1:Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi 72

LU 2:Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane

no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye. 82

LU 3:Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye. 94

LU 4:Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no

gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye 105

LU 5:Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw ’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire

y’Ikinyarwanda. 116

C C M S E 5 0 1 - W O R K I N G I N A S O C I A L L Y D I V E R S E E N V I R O N M E N T 1 2 7

LU 1: Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds 129

LU 2:Address cross-cultural misunderstandings 133

C C M I W 5 0 1 - I C T A T W O R K P L A C E 1 3 8

LU 1: Prepare document Layout 140

LU 2:Apply basic computer operations 145

LU 3: Manage data 151

C C M P E 5 0 1 - P R O F E S S I O N A L E T H I C S 1 5 8

LU 1:Apply human values 160

LU 2:Respect engineering ethics 166

LU 3:Apply safety 170

C C M B O 5 0 1 - B U S I N E S S O R G A N I S A T I O N 1 7 5

LU 1: Identify activities to be accomplished for real business operations 177

LU 2:Create a productive working environment 183

LU 3:Run real business operation 190

LU 4: Monitor and evaluate the business 196

C C M I A 5 0 1 - I N D U S T R I A L A T T A C H M E N T P R O G R A M ( I A P ) 2 0 1

LU 1: Demonstrate supervisory skills 203

v

v | P a g e

LU 2:Get briefed on industrial attachment program 209

LU 3: Develop one’s competences on the workplace 213

G N E G P 5 0 1 - G E N E R A L P H Y S I C S 2 1 7

LU 1: Sources of Energy in the world 220

LU 2:Motion in orbits 225

LU 3: Mobile phone and radio communication 230

LU 4: Climate change and Greenhouse effect. 235

LU 5: Earthquakes, Tsunami, floods landslides and cyclone 239

LU 6: Application of optical fibre in telecommunication systems 244

G E N A M 5 0 1 - M A T H E M A T I C S 2 5 1

LU 1: Apply fundamentals of trigonometry 255

U 3: Determine and analyze numerical functions 267

U 5: Apply natural logarithmic functions 278

U 6: Apply exponential functions 284

P L B B T 5 0 1 - B A S I C T O P O G R A P H Y 2 9 8

LU 1:Identify tools and instrument of survey 300

LU 2:Perform leveling 305

LU 3:Perform distance and angle measurements 312

P L B C E 5 0 1 - C O S T E S T I M A T I O N 3 2 0

PLBCE501 Est im ate t he cost 3 2 0

LU 1:Examine the work 322

LU 2:Determine required resources 327

LU 3:Calculate the cost estimation 332

P L B C G 5 0 1 - D E S I G N A N D C O M M U N I C A T I O N G R A P H I C S 3 4 0

PLBCG50 1 Per f orm Des ign and Comm uni cat i on Gr aphics 3 4 0

LU 1: Analyze the DCG work 342

LU 2: Perform Plane and Descriptive Geometry 347

LU 3: Perform Design Communication and Computer Graphics 355

P L B C P 5 0 1 - C H E M I S T R Y F O R P L U M B I N G 3 6 4

LU 1:Demonstrate knowledge of basic chemical concepts 366

LU 2:Define the key chemical properties applied in Plumbing 372

LU 3:Perform chemistry laboratory works 376

vi

vi | P a g e

P L B D W 5 0 1 - D R I N K I N G W A T E R T R E A T M E N T 3 8 3

LU 1: Identify drinking water quality 385

LU 2: Perform water treatment process 390

LU 3 Perform final testing of treated water 398

Summative Assessment 403

P L B F K 5 0 1 - F L U I D K N O W L E D G E 4 0 8

LU 1:Describe principles of hydrostatics 410

LU 2:Determine pipes size and fluid pressure 416

P L B S D 5 0 1 - S P R I N K L E R A N D W A T E R D E C O R A T I O N S Y S T E M S 4 2 8

LU 1: Prepare the work place 430

LU 2: Perform sprinkler systems 437

LU 3: Perform Water decoration system (Water Fountain) 441


P L B S I 5 0 1 - S W I M M I N G P O O L I N S T A L L A T I O N 4 5 0

LU 1:Prepare the workplace 452

LU 2:Perform swimming pool System 456

LU 3:Test the swimming pool installation 462

LU 4:Handover swimming pool installation 465


P L B W C 5 0 1 - W A T E R C A T C H M E N T 4 7 5

LU 1:Identify water sources 477

LU 2:Select tools, equipment and materials 482

LU 3:Execute water collection work 487


P L B W T 5 0 1 - W A S T E W A T E R T R E A T M E N T 4 9 6

LU 1:Identify wastewater treatment works 498

LU 2: Setting out of waste water piping system 504

LU 3:Carry out wastewater treatment 508


G L O S S A R Y a

vii

vii | P a g e

List of abbreviations

CM Complementary Modules

CDU Curriculum Development Unit

CSTPL Construction/ Plumbing

ICT Information Communication Technology

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

RTQF Rwandan TVET Qualifications Framework

TVET Technical and Vocational Education and Training

WDA Workforce Development Authority

IPRC Integrated Polytechnics Regional Centers

TSS Technical Secondary Schools

VTC Vocational Training Center

viii

viii | P a g e

Acknowledgments

Workforce Development Authority wishes to thank the following persons who participated in

the development of this curriculum:

Coordination

MUHIRE Jean Marie Vianney - WDA

Facilitators

UWIMANA Anselme – WDA

HATEGEKIMANA Gratien –WDA

Curriculum Development Team

# NAMES INSTITUTION /COMPANY

1 MUTSINDASHAYAKA J. Baptiste WASAC Ltd

2 TWAGIRIMANA Jean Claude UR/ maintenance

3 UMUGABEKAZI Yvette WASAC Ltd

4 NATETE Marie Ritha WASAC Ltd

5 KADAHEZA Christophe IPRC Kigali/TSS

6 NKUNDIMANA Donath FCT Ltd

7 MUSABYIMANA J. Baptiste PSC Ltd

8 NZEYIMANA Theogene BUTAMWA VTC

9 RUKUNDO Aime DENCO Ltd

10 HARERIMANA Benoit IPRC Kigali

11 KAGABO Eliandeli IPRC South

12 HARERIMANA Andre TGESCO Ltd

13 UWIMANA Pacific Saint Emmanuel School Complex

14 DUSENGUMUREMYI Marguerite Green Rock IWACU Ltd

15 NDAGIJIMANA Emmy KAVUMU TVET School

16 NKIRANUYE Bonaventure ULK Polytechnic

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

NSABABERA David MUSAFIRI Ernest MUSONI Jean Claude

MUSONI Jean Claude UWERA Marceline MUTAGANZWA Gilbert MATATA Jean Bosco GASIMBA François Xavier UWINEZA Patrice UMUGABEKAZI Yvette

Mars Construction Ltd IPRC NGOMA Nyabihu TVET School Nyabihu TVET School RALC Ecole Secondaire de Rukara College Ami des Enfants UR/College of Education NYAMATA TVET SCHOOL ADM-IBTC

ix

ix | P a g e

26 27 28 29 30 31

UWINEZA Patrick KAMBARI Vincent MUREGO Yves FURAHA INEZA Jean NGEZAHAYO Emmanuel NIYODUSENGA Patrick

ADECOR Rwanda GS St Marcel/Kayonza WDA Lycee de Gisenyi Rusumo High School Ecole des sciences de Nyanza

1

1 | P a g e

1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION

The curriculum presents a coherent and significant set of competencies to

acquire to perform the occupation of Senior Plumber. It is designed with an

approach that takes into account the training needs, the work situation, as well

as the goals and the means to implement training.

The modules of the curriculum include a description of the expected results at the end of

training. They have a direct influence on the choice of the theoretical and practical learning

activities. The competencies are the targets of training: the acquisition of each is required for

certification.

The curriculum is the reference to carry out the assessment of learning. Assessment tools of

learning are developed on the basis of this document.

The curriculum consists of three parts. The first part is of general interest and shows the nature

and goals of a program and the key concepts and definitions used in the document. The second

part presents the qualification, its level in the qualification framework, its purpose, its rationale

and the list of modules it comprises. The third part deals with the training package. It includes

the competencies chart, the sequencing of module learning, the description of each module

and the course structure.

The pages describing the modules are the heart of a curriculum. They present the title of the

module, the length of training, the amount of credits, the context in which the competency is

performed, the prerequisite competencies, the learning units and the performance criteria.

In each module, a course structure is provided. The course structure describes the learning

outcomes (knowledge, skills and attitude) and the learning contents related to each learning

unit. Also, the learning activities and resources for learning are suggested.

Finally, the assessment specifications and guidelines are included in each module.

Section

1

2

2 | P a g e

Section

2

2. QUALIFICATION DETAILS

2.1 Description

This qualification provides the skills,

knowledge and attitudes for a learner to be

competent in tasks and activities that

require the application of practical skills in a

defined context. Work would be

undertaken in various construction

Sector/industries where where Perform

swimming pool installation, Install sprinkler

and decoration systems, Perform sheet

metal works, Perform Water Treatment,

Perform Waste Water Treatment , Perform

Water Catchment , Perform basic

topography, Elaborate Working Plan and

Schedule, Apply costing and Estimation,

Perform Design and Communication

Graphics are carried out.

Learners may work with minimum

supervision.

At the end of this qualification, qualified

learners will be able to:

Apply mathematics

Describe the occupation and learning

process

Monitor occupational SHE at workplace

Maintain professional conversation in

upper-intermediate English

Gukoresha ikinyarwanda cy’intyoza

Work in a socially diverse environment

Use ICT at workplace

Organize a business

Manage team

Apply professional ethics

Perform swimming pool installation

Apply General Physics

Install sprinkler and decoration systems

Perform Drinking Water Treatment

Perform Waste Water Treatment

Perform Water Catchment

Apply fluid Mechanics.

Apply Chemistry for Plumbing.

Perform basic topography.

Elaborate Working Plan and Schedule

Integrate the workplace

Apply costing and Estimation

Perform Design and Communication

Graphics

2.2 Minimum entry requirements

TVET Certificate IV in Plumbing or other relevant qualifications or through Recognition of Prior Learning.

Title: TVET Certificate V in Plumbing

Level: REQF Level 5

Credits: 120

Sector: Construction

Sub-sector: Plumbing

Issue date: December , 2014

1

2.3 Information about pathways

2.4 Job related information

This qualification prepares individuals to integrate the construction sector with the professionalization

of Senior Plumber; this qualification again offers the opportunity to execute the works as Senior

Plumber in publics constructionCompanies, Private construction Companies, Local and Central

Government Institutions, Local and International Non-Government organizations.

2.5 Employability skills and life skills

Through the generic modules, individuals with this qualification have acquired the life and

employability skills to meet the following industry or enterprise requirements:

Possible jobs related to this qualification

Senior Plumber

Pathways into the qualification

Pathways from the qualification

Preferred pathways for candidates entering

this qualification include:

Candidates enter this qualification after

achieving TVET Certificate IV in

Plumbing or other relevant

qualifications or through Recognition

of Prior Learning

Progression route of candidates achieving

this qualification include:

Candidates exiting this qualification are able to enter TVET Diploma in Plumbing.

2

Communication

Documenting technical work in plain English

Writing and presenting reports

Safety and security precautions

Working collaboratively with project team members

Health and environment

Health reproduction

Rwanda environmental protection, practices rules and regulations

Business Plan

Producing a small IT business plan

Planning and organizing

Preparing feasibility reports that take into account project scope, time, cost, quality,

communications and risk management

Self-management

Taking responsibility for own outputs in relation to specified quality standards working according to the Rwandan Computer Society Code of Ethics regarding security, legal,

moral and ethical issues

Technology Manipulate computer Using internet

Languages other than Kinyarwanda

Using English as the medium of communication in the working environment

3

Number of competencies: 21 Core competencies : 12 Complementary competencies : 9 The total number of Credits: 120

2.6 Information about competencies

No Code Complementary competencies Credit

1 CCMOL001 Describe the occupation and learning process 3

2 CCMMS501 Monitor occupational SHE at workplace 3

3 CCMUE501 Maintain professional conversation in upper-intermediate English 3

4 CCMKN501 Gukoresha ikinyarwanda cy’intyoza 3

5 CCMSE501 Work in a socially diverse environment 3

6 CCMIW501 Use ICT at workplace 3

7 CCMBO501 Organize a business 3

8 CCMPE501 Apply professional ethics 3

9 CCMIA501 Integrate workplace 30

Total 54

No Code Core competencies Credit

GEN

ERA

L

1. PLBBT501 Apply Basic Topography 5

2. PLBCG501 Perform Design and Communication Graphics 4

3. PLBFK501 Apply fluid knowledge 5

4. PLBAM501 Apply General mathematics 7

5. PLBCP501 Apply chemistry for plumbing 5

6. GENGP501 Apply General Physics 6

7. PLBCE501 Estimate the cost 5

SPEC

IFIC

8. PLBSI501 Perform Swimming Pool Installation 5

9. PLBDW501 Perform Drinking Water Treatment 6

10. PLBWC501 Perform water catchment 6

11. PLBWT501 Perform wastewater treatment 6

12. PLBSD501 Install sprinkler and decoration systems 6

Total 66

4

3. TRAINING PACKAGE

The training package includes the competencies chart, the flowchart, the

modules, the course structure, and the assessment guidelines.

3.1 Course structure

The course structure describes the learning outcomes for each learning unit. These learning

outcomes are the essential skills and knowledge to be acquired. The contents to be covered for

each learning outcome are prescriptive. The Learning Activities contain a series of suggestions,

usually with several options, that will guide the learner and the trainer.

3.2Competencies chart

The competencies chart is a table that presents an overview of the specific competencies, the

general competencies, the work process and the time allocated to each competency. This table

provides an overall view of the competencies of the training program and allows identification

of the logical sequence of the learning of these competencies.

The competencies chart shows the relationship between general competencies and specific

competencies that are particular to the occupation, as well as the key stages of the work

process. It shows the links between the elements in the horizontal axis and those in the vertical

axis. The symbol (ο) marks a relationship between a general competency and specific

competency. The symbol (∆) indicates a relationship between a specific competency and a step

in the process of work. When the symbols are darkened, it indicates that the link is taken into

account in the description of the specific competency.

The competencies chart allows the trainer to consider the complexity of the competencies in

the organization of the progress of learning. Therefore, the vertical axis shows the specific

competencies in the order they should be acquired.

This is the starting point of the presentation of the competencies in the flowchart presented in

the following pages.

Section

3

5

Du

rati

on (4

40

Hrs

)

An

alyz

e th

e w

ork

Sele

ct m

ater

ials

, to

ols

an

d e

qu

ipm

ent

Pre

par

e th

e w

ork

pla

ce

Per

form

th

e w

ork

Test

th

e w

ork

do

ne

Han

do

ver

the

wo

rk

Des

crib

e th

e o

ccu

pat

ion

an

d le

arn

ing

pro

cess

Mo

nit

or

Occ

up

atio

nal

SH

E b

est

pra

ctic

es

Mai

nta

in p

rofe

ssio

nal

co

nve

rsat

ion

in u

pp

er-i

nte

rmed

iate

En

glis

h

Gu

kore

sha

ikin

yarw

and

a cy

’inty

oza

Wo

rk in

a s

oci

ally

div

erse

en

viro

nm

ent

Use

ICT

at w

ork

pla

ce

Ap

ply

pro

fess

ion

al e

thic

s

Man

age

a te

am

Inte

grat

e w

ork

pla

ce

Ap

ply

co

stin

g an

d E

stim

atio

n

Ap

ply

ch

emes

try

for

plu

mb

ing

Ap

ply

bas

ic f

luid

kn

ow

led

ge

Ap

ply

bas

ic t

op

ogr

aph

y

Ap

ply

Gen

eral

mat

hem

etic

s

Ap

ply

Gen

eral

Ph

ysic

s

per

fom

des

ign

co

mm

un

icat

ion

gra

ph

ic

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

17

Duration (930 Hrs) 30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

0

50

50

50

50

70

60

40

1 Perform Waste Water Treatment 60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

2 Perform swimming pool installation 50 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ○ ● ● ●

3 Install sprinkler and decoration systems 60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

4 Perform Drinking Water Treatment 60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

5 Perform Water Catchment 60 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

SENIOR PLUMBER PROCESS GENERAL AND COMPLEMENTARY COMPETENCIES

SPECIFIC COMPETENCIES

#

Figure 1: Competencies chart

Between the process and particular competencies| between general and particular competencies

▲: Functional link application ●: Functional link application

∆: Functional link existence ο: Functional link existence

6

3.4 Flowchart

The flowchart of sequencing of learning is a schematic representation of the order of

acquisition of the competencies. It provides an overall planning of the entire training

programme and shows the relationship between the modules. This type of planning is to ensure

consistency and progression of learning. For each module, the flowchart shows the learning

that is already in place, the learning that is to take in parallel or later. The positions defined will

have a decisive impact on all subsequent pedagogical choices. The flowchart of the sequence of

learning of the modules of the training programme is presented on the following page.

Monitoring of occupational she at workplace 3

Upper intermediate workplace english 3 Ikinyarwanda cy’intyoza 3

Working in a socially diverse environment 3 ICT at workplace 3

Professional ethcics 3 Team management 3

Occupation and learning process 3

Business organisation 3

Industrial attachment program (IAP) 30

General Mathematics 7 General Physics 6

Design and communication graphics 4 Chemistry for Plumbing 5

Fluid Knowledge 5 Basic topography 5

Cost Estimation 5

Swuimming pool installation 6 Sprinker and decolation system 6

Drinking water treatment 5 Water catchment 6

Waste water treatment 6

7

4. ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES

4.1 Assessment Methodology

To assess knowledge, practical, and application skills through a jury system of continuous

evaluation that encourages learners to display understanding of the principles in application to

set practical tasks and their attendant theory to assess self-learning.

4.2 Portfolio

A portfolio is a collection of learner work representing learner performance. It is a folder (or

binder or even a digital collection) containing the learner’s work as well as the learner’s

evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of the work. Portfolios reflect not only work

produced (such as papers and assignments, direct demonstration, indirect demonstration,

products, documents), but also it is a record of the activities undertaken over time as part of

learner learning. The portfolio is meant to show learner growth, development, and

achievements in the education system. It also shows that you have met specific learning goals

and requirements. A portfolio is not a project; it is an ongoing process for the formative

assessment. The portfolio output (formative assessment) will be considered only as enough for

complementary and general modules. Besides, it will serve as a verification tool for each

candidate that he/she attended the whole training before he/she undergoes the summative

assessment for specific modules.

There are two types of assessment (Formative Assessment and Summative/Integrated

Assessment). Each assessment has its own rule for passing to be declared competent.

Formative Assessment

This is applied on all types of modules (e.g. Complementary, General and Specific modules)

A trainee to be competent for a formative module must have at least 70% on checked

items or “yes” in indicators (e.g. questions, indicators in the checklist)

Each trainee should be competent on all formative assessments to be declared competent

Section

4

8

on that module

All formative assessment should be declared competent before taking the

summative/integrated assessment

Summative/Integrated Assessment

All Summative/Integrated assessment should match with the content of the module in the

curriculum.

Summative/Integrated Assessment is always in practical, giving it as a theoretical type of

assessment is not acceptable.

The integrated situation provided in the curriculum is a sample of the assessment to be

carried out, the Trainer/Teacher has the role of developing another one referring to the

task to be carried out in the integrated situation in accordance to the circumstances inside

school, but the integrated situation should stick on the components of a task.

During Summative/Integrated assessment, assessor panel members should be three (3).

This Summative/Integrated assessment can be seen in specific modules and the Trainee

can be declared competent by the following rules:

For YES or NO scoring of indicators in Summative/Integrated Checklist

The trainee can be declared competent based on the assessment CRITERIA and its respective

assessment indicators

Assessment Criteria Passing Line in the

assessment indicators

Quality of Process 90%

Quality of Product 100%

Relevance 90%

9

Rest of Criteria/ any other criteria

(example: Safety)

100%

Note: the Assessor should check if the 10% indicator (Quality of Process and Relevance) in

which the Trainee was not able to meet during Summative/Integrated Assessment should not

be among those indicators that can cause any hazard, or the one indicator that is performed

poorly where there is room for improvement.

1. During assessment, trainees with special needs (e.g. people with disability) should be

assisted accordingly.

2. Deputy School Manager in-charge of Studies, Class Teacher, and Trainer should consider

the status (competent/not yet competent) of trainees before delivering the next module

with pre-requisites.

3. Respect of flowchart particularly in considering the delivery of modules which has

prerequisite of a following/subsequent module is considered in issuing TVET certificate,

otherwise other modules can be given anytime.

4. All evidences during assessment (e.g. quiz, checklist, forms) should have a written form

that is compiled in the Trainer (source) and Trainee (result) portfolio. Portfolio is the

responsibility of School, Class Teacher, and Trainees. It should be given to trainees after

certification.

5. Industrial Attachment Program (IAP)

- All Trainees should finish and declared competent on all modules before taking IAP

module.

- Trainees should finish and declared competent on the 30 hours content of IAP

module written in the curriculum before they go to workplace or industry.

- The school should organize visit for all trainees in the workplace or industry to

confirm and assist IAP especially in filling up the logbook.

10

- An interview to the trainee should be conducted in the school after the IAP has

been completed and should be documented in the trainee portfolio.

- All completed logbooks should be part of the trainee portfolio.

11

C C M O L 0 0 1 - OCCUPATION AND LEARNING PROCESS

CCMOL001 Describe the occupation and learning process

RTQF Level: All Learning hours

Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date:September, 2014

Purpose statement

This module is covered first in all qualifications. It allows the learner to get to know the other

participants to the training programme and to understand himself/herself as part of a team.

Also, the trainee will develop a comprehensive and clear vision of the occupation and the

training programme. The module will allow the participant to avoid mistakes of career guidance

and confirm or deny his/her choice from the start. The training and learning methods are

presented to the learner. This approach encourages greater motivation and, subsequently, a

better integration of various learning.

12

Learning assumed to be in place

Not applicable

Elements of competence and performance criteria

Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence.

Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement

of the learning unit.

By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:

Elements of competence Performance criteria

1. Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment

1.1 Proper introduction of oneself 1.2 Appropriate integration in team 1.3 Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere

to them

2. Explain the occupation and learning process

2.1 Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation

2.2 Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification

3. Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods

3.1Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods

3.2 Adequate description of the assessment procedures

4. Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices

4.1 Proper identification of values, skills and interests 4.2 Proper assessment of values, skills and interests 4.3 Correct Setting of goals 4.4 Proper development of plans in order to reach the set

goals 4.5 Proper assessment of one’s learning style 4.6 Adequate identification of learning strategies

13

LU 1: Participate as part of a team and respect the rules of the training environment

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Introduce oneself and get to know one another 2. Integrate in team 3. Participate in setting rules and adhere to them

6 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Introduce oneself and get to know one another

Introductions

Expectations about the training

o Introduction o Game o Presentation of trainees’

expectations

- Trainer manual

Formative Assessment 1.1

The assessor may collect any of the following evidences and make judgements if the performance

criterion has been achieved.

Types of evidence Portfolio assessment tools

Performance criterion

Proper introduction of oneself

Resources Learning activities

Content

14

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Integrate in team

Working as a team

Building trust

o Games o Group discussions

- Trainer manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Appropriate integration in team

Resources Learning activities Content

15

Learning Outcome 1.3: Participate in setting rules and adhere to them

Rules of the classroom

Group responsibilities

o Brainstorming o Discussions o Assign class tasks

- Trainer manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Appropriate participation in setting rules and adhere to them


16

LU 2:Explain the occupation and learning process

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe the main/major elements of occupation 2. Explain about the one’s qualification

12 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Describe the main/major elements of occupation

Characteristics of the occupation

Place of the occupation in the sector

The impact/importance of the occupation in economic development

Working conditions

o Group discussion o Personal research o Visit of a business in the

neighborhood

- Pictures of people in working situation

- Documents describing the occupation

- Documents describing the sector






Proper description of the main/major elements of occupation


Content

17

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Explain about the one’s qualification

Rationale of the qualification

Content of the training programme (modules)

Duration Flowchart

Pathways (exit level & further learning)

Presentation of the timetable

Presentation of the classrooms and workshops

o Presentation by the teacher o Research o Visits of the premises of the

school.

- Overview of the training programme

- Testimonies of people performing the occupation

- School year calendar - Timetable






Adequate explanation about the one’s qualification


18

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

19

LU 3: Respect the facilitation and apply learning methods

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Engage in active and participatory learning methods 2. Describe the assessment procedures

2 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Engage in active and participatory learning methods

Overview of the active and participatory teaching and learning methods

Experiential learning cycle

o Experience sharing. o Presentation by the trainer

- Trainer manual






Proper engagement in active and participatory learning methods


20

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe the assessment procedures

Assessment procedures Timing Assessors/verifiers Assessment tools (portfolio

& integrated situation)

o Presentation by the trainer - Assessment manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Adequate description of the assessment procedures


21

22

LU 4: Develop personal plans based on self-assessment practices

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify values, skills and interests 2. Assess values, skills and interests 3. Set goals 4. Develop plans 5. Assess one’s learning style

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1: Identify values, skills and interests

Values, skills and interests

Relating values, skills and interests to the workplace

o -






Proper identification of values, skills and interests


23

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2: Assess values, skills and interests

Skills & qualities assessment

Acceptance of diversity, self-esteem & confidence

o Individual work o Exercise on we are all unique

- individual assessment checklist





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Proper assessment of values, skills and interests


24

Learning Outcome 4.3: Set goals

SMART goals

Identification of goals Short term Long term

Process for setting and achieving goals:

Identifying steps Time frame Resources

o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed

pictures on setting & achieving goals

o Exercises on developing SMART goals

o Practical exercises on developing personal plans

- Trainer manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Correct Setting of goals


25

Learning Outcome 4.4: Develop plans

SMART goals

Identification of goals Short term Long term

Process for setting and achieving goals:

Identifying steps Time frame Resources

o Group work o Tree drawing & interpretation o Discussion about displayed

pictures on setting & achieving goals

o Exercises on developing SMART goals

o Practical exercises on developing personal plans

- Trainer manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Proper development of plans in order to reach the set goals


26

Learning Outcome 4.5: Assess one’s learning style

Types of learning styles

Determining one’s preferred way of learning

Strategies for using one’s learning style in workplace/school

o Paper folding activities o Completing self-assessment

learning style o Scenario based activities

- Trainer manual





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.6: Identify learning strategies

o -



Proper assessment of one’s learning style


27





Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Reference books:

1. Work Readiness Training Programme – Trainer’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.

2. Work Readiness Training Programme – Participant’s Manual, Akazi Kanoze – Youth Livelihoods Project.


Adequate identification of learning strategies

28

C C M M S 5 0 1 - MONITORING OF OCCUPATIONAL SHE AT WORKPLACE

CCMMS501 Monitor Occupational SHE best practices

REQF Level: 5 Learning hours

Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date:November, 2017

Purpose statement

This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to perform OSHE monitoring

systems taken as instruments used for measurement and analysis in the area of occupational

safety and health. They are commonly used to inform and guide government policy. Typically,

these systems are used to give an indication of the number of work accidents or occupational

diseases, or they might record information about places of work, or about the activities of the

organizations involved in ensuring good working conditions. Moreover, the module describes

the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to monitor occupational safety, health and security

policies and procedures. Finally, the learner learns how to advice and train all employees on

health and safety matters.

29


Not applicable







1. Conduct OSHE ( occupational safety

and health) monitoring

1.1 Proper checking of application of OSHE policies,

procedures and regulations

1.2 Proper monitoring of the use of PPEs

1.3 Proper monitoring the compliance of OSHE best

practice

2. Collect and analyze occupational

health, safety incidents report

2.1 Proper collection of data regarding OSHE incidents

2.2 proper analysis of OSHE data collected

2.3 Adequate elaboration of a compiled incident reports

2.4 Proper recommendation of safest way to do the job

3. Train all staff on occupational

health and safety matters

3.1 Appropriate provision of information and instructions

3.2 Appropriate training to all employees and supervisors

on OSHE standards/regulations

3.3 Proper evaluation of trained OSHE programs

30

LU 1: Conduct OSH (occupational safety and health) monitoring

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Check if SHE policies, procedures and regulations are applied 2. Monitor use of PPEs 3. Monitor compliance of OSHE best practice

10 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Check if SHE policies, procedures and regulations are applied

SHE policies in accordance with the discipline

SHE regulations; Safety roles of employees

Responsibility of

administration

Incident reporting

Ventilation and air quality

First aid facilities

Hazard control in

workplace

Equipment and machinery

Emergency response plans

SHE standards;

Responsibility in working

place

Hazard identification and

risk Control

Making the working area

safe

Personnel protective

o Brainstorming

o Documentary research

o Group discussion

Flipcharts

Markers

Flipcharts stand

Internet


Content

31





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Checking if OSHE policies, procedures and regulations are

applied

Checklist Score

Yes No

OSHE policies are checked

OSHE regulations are checked

OSHE standards are checked

Observation

equipment

Health of employees

Facilities

Reporting of incidents and

accidents

Emergency preparedness

procedures


Proper checking of application of OSHE policies, procedures and regulations

32

Learning Outcome 1.2: Monitor use of PPEs

Types of PPEs to be used

according to the trade

Physical verification of

PPEs

Cleaning and storage of

materials, tools and

equipment

o Group discussion

o Practical exercise

Checklist

PPEs

Brushes

Store

Shelter

Shelves

Pen





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Monitoring the use of PPEs

Checklist Score

Yes No

List of PPEs to be used according to the trade is checked


Proper monitoring of the use of PPEs


33

Physical verification of PPEs is done

Cleaning and storage of materials, tools and equipments are checked

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Monitor compliance of OSHE best practice

OSHE best practice

regulations

standards

Standards checklist to be

evaluated according to the

specific trade

o Brainstorming o Group discussion o Group work





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Monitoring the compliance of OSHE best practice


Proper monitoring the compliance of OSHE best practice


34

Checklist Score

Yes No

OSHE best practices are checked

List of standards to be evaluated according to the specific trade is checked

Observation

35

LU 2:Collect and analyze Occupational health, safety incidents report

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Collect data regarding OSHE incidents 2. Analyze OSHE data collected 3. Elaborate compiled incident reports 4. Recommend safest way to do the job

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Collect data regarding OSHE incidents

Steps of data collection; o Consulting of incident

report documents o Talk to people involved

or witnesses to the event

o Site visit

Categories of incidents; Major accident

fatal permanent injury

Minor accident (injuries)

Near miss

o Small group discussions o Pair discussion o Brainstorming

- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Didactic materials



Proper collection of data regarding OSHE incidents


Content

36




Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Collecting data regarding OSHE incidents in working area

Checklist Score

Yes No

Steps of data collection are followed

Categories of incidents are identified

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Analyze OSHE data collected

Root and causes of incident; Poor management

laziness stupidity forgetfulness negligence ignorance

Influencing factors associated with the work

environment individual physical abilities,

organization and its management

system Overload Poor procedures Inadequate training Low motivation

Impact of incidents




37

Social impact

loss of manpower

medical expenses Economic impact

poor production,

closer of the company

compensation

repairs Physical effects

permanent injuries,

loss of ability to handle materials,

persistent pain

headaches Psychological effects

anxiety,

depression





Written

Oral

Multiple choice True or false question Matching


Proper analysis of OSHE data collected

38

Performance

Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Analyzing the OSHE data collected

Checklist Score

Yes No

Identification of root and causes of incident

Identification of impact of incidents

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Elaborate compiled incident reports

Type of incident reports; Monthly report Quarterly report Annual report

Categories of incidents; Major accident

fatal

permanent injury Minor accident (injuries) Near miss

Template of incidents







Adequate elaboration of a compiled incident reports


39


Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Elaborating a compiled incident reports

Checklist Score

Yes No

Types of incident reports are identified

Categories of incidents are identified

Template of incidents is well filled

Observation

Learning Outcome 2. 4: Recommend safest way to do the job

Use of PPEs

Emergency preparedness procedures

hazard identification and risk control

making the working area safe

reporting of incidents and accidents

Training of employees





Proper recommendation of safest way to do the job


40




Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Recommending the safest way to do the job

Checklist Score

Yes No

Use of adequate PPEs is recommended

Emergency Preparedness Procedures is recommended

Hazard Identification And Risk Control is recommended

Making The Working Area Safe is recommended

Reporting Of Incidents And Accidents is recommended

Training of employees is recommended

Observation

41

LU 3: Train all staff on occupational health and safety matters

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Provide information and instructions 2. Train all employees and supervisors on OSHE

standards/regulations 3. Evaluate trained OSHE programs

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Provide information and instructions

Brief description of:

An occupational health and safety

(OH&S) program

A policy statement

The program elements

Individual responsibility

Joint occupational health and

safety committee

Health and safety rules

Correct work procedures

Employee orientation

Training

Workplace inspections

Reporting and investigating

accidents/incidents

Emergency procedures

Medical and first aid

Health and safety promotion

Workplace specific items

Responsibilities of the staff:

Responsibilities of workers

o Brainstorming

o Group work

o Discussion

- Reference books

- Internet

- Hand-outs

- Stories and

pictures


42

Using personal protection

and safety equipment as

required by the employer.

Following safe work

procedures

Knowing and complying with

all regulations.

Reporting any injury or

illness immediately

Reporting unsafe acts and

unsafe conditions

Participating in joint health

and safety committees or as

the representative

Responsibilities of supervisor

Instructing workers to

follow safe work practices.

Enforcing health and safety

regulations.

Correcting unsafe acts and

unsafe conditions.

Ensuring that only

authorized, adequately

trained workers operate

equipment.

Reporting and investigating

all accidents/incidents.

Inspecting own area and

taking remedial action to

minimize or eliminate

hazards.

Ensuring equipment is

properly maintained

Promoting safety

awareness in workers

Responsibilities of management

Providing a safe and healthful

workplace.

Establishing and maintaining a

health and safety program.

Ensuring workers are trained

43

or certified as required.

Reporting accidents/incidents

and cases of occupational

disease to the appropriate

authority

Providing medical and first aid

facilities

Ensuring personal protective

equipment is available

Providing workers with health

and safety information

Supporting supervisors in their

health and safety activities

Evaluating health and safety

performance of supervisors





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Providing information and instructions on occupational health

and safety matters


Appropriate provision of information and instructions

44

Checklist Score

Yes No

A brief description of an occupational health and safety (OH&S) program is provided

A brief description of A policy statement is provided

A brief description of the program elements is provided

Responsibilities of the staff are described (workers, supervisor, Management staff)

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Train all employees and supervisors on OSHE standards/regulations

Training on SHE regulations

Safety roles of employees

Responsibility of administration

Incident reporting

Ventilation and air quality

First aid facilities

Hazard control in workplace

Equipment and machinery

Emergency response plans

Training on SHE standards

Responsibility in working place

Hazard identification and risk

control

Making the working area safe

Personnel protective

equipment

Health of employees

Facilities

Reporting of incidents and

accidents

Emergency preparedness

Procedures

o Brainstorming

o Group work

o Discussion

- Reference

books

- Internet

- Hand-outs

- Stories and

pictures


45





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Providing information on OSHE standards/regulations

Checklist Score

Yes No

A brief description of SHE regulations is provided

A brief description of SHE standards is provided

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Evaluate trained OSHE programs

Evaluation forms

Learning assessment Questions and responses, topic of discussion

Training impact assessment

o Brainstorming o Group work o Discussion

- Reference books - Internet - Hand-outs - Stories and

pictures



Appropriate training to all employees and supervisors on OSHE

standards/regulations

46





Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Matching Sentence completion Ticking Expose (presentation) Task: Evaluating trained OSHE program

Checklist Score

Yes No

Evaluation forms are well developed

Learning assessment (Questions and responses, topic of discussion…) is well developed

Training impact assessment is well developed

Observation

Reference: 1. Occupational Risk Control : Predicting and Preventing the Unwanted by Viner,Derek , ISBN:

9781472419712, Publication Date: 2015

2. OSHA General Industry regulations Book, 29 CFR 1910 Paperback- July1,2014 y MANCOMM Inc.

(Author, Editor)

3. OH&S : a management guide by Richard Archer, Kerry Borthwick, Susanne Tepe. Publication

Date: 2009

4. G:\\Basic OH&S Program Elements OSH Answers.htm

5. https://www.rospa.com/occupational-safety/advice/training-matters/

6. https://www.3tonline.fi/incident-reporting

7. http://www.safety.uwa.edu.au/topics/plant/inspection

8. http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/index.htm

9. https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/job-haz.html


Proper evaluation of trained OSHE programs

http://www.ecu.eblib.com/patron/FullRecord.aspx?p=2004776

https://ecu.on.worldcat.org/oclc/271786642?databaseList=638

https://www.rospa.com/occupational-safety/advice/training-matters/

https://www.3tonline.fi/incident-reporting

http://www.safety.uwa.edu.au/topics/plant/inspection

http://www.hse.gov.uk/statistics/causdis/index.htm

https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/job-haz.html

47

C C M U E 5 0 1 - UPPER INTERMEDIATE WORKPLACE ENGLISH

CCMUE501 Maintain professional conversation in upper-intermediate English


Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date: January, 2017

Purpose statement

This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes to be acquired for the trainee’s. The trainee

will be able to Prepare and deliver speeches at different social and professional occasions, Adaptation of

speech messages to a particular audience, Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas, Produce

medium compositions on different trade-related subjects, Identify and differentiate different business

documents, Effective writing of different business documents, Identify and use of writing styles, read

different trade-related texts, Apply reading techniques to selected trade-related texts, Explain key

terms/words in their context, Answer reading comprehension questions precisely, Analyze different trade-

related texts,Summarize trade-related texts (in own words), identify differences between common English

accents, Listen and respond to users of common English their accents, Reporting information listened to from

different common accents, Steps of speech preparation and delivery, Important tips on speech delivery,

Requirements to properly articulate information, Analyse trade-related texts, Summarise texts

48


Oral Basic English Communication Oral Basic English Communication Intermediate Workplace English Use intermediate English at the workplace







Communicate orally in social and

professional situations with ease

1.1 Acceptable preparation and delivery of speeches on different social and professional occasions

1.2 Audible and clear articulation of messages addressed to an audience using pronunciation, segmental and Suprasegmental phonology

1.3 Asking relevant questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to question forms

Read correctly a range of materials

2.1 Adequate reading of different trade-related texts 2.2 Clear analysis of trade-related texts (identification

and description of characters, events and settings, as well as to express preferences by giving reasons)

2.3 Effective summary of key ideas in trade-related texts

2.4 Effective use of knowledge of events’ sequence to describe a situation when rephrasing information from the texts

Listen to audio messages with different

English accents to get the intended

message

3.1 Appropriate listening and responding to others 3.2 Clear identification of differences between

common English accents 3.3 Accurate reporting of information listened to in

different accents

Produce a variety of medium texts on

professional and general topics

4.1 Clear and detailed writing about a wide range of trade-related subjects.

4.2 Effective differentiation of business documents (inventory, memos,letters, handovers, receipts, minutes)

4.3 Appropriate writing of business documents

49

4.4 Appropriate use of writing style applicable to each type of business document

50

LU 1: Communicate orally in social and professional situations with ease

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Prepare speeches for different social and professional occasions 2. Deliver speeches to an audience 3. Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to

question forms

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Prepare speeches for different social and professional occasions

Steps for speech preparation and delivery Step 1: Research and

Preparation Step 2: Writing Your

Speech Step 3: Practicing Step 4: Putting

Together Visual Aids Step 5: Handling the

Q&A

Important tips for speech delivery

Dos and Don’ts on speech delivery

Requirements to articulate message Pronunciation Speed Tone

Identification of categories of audience Familiar audience Non-familiar

o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays

Flip charts

White/chalk Board

Markers

Microphones

Reference books

Scenarios

Stationeries

Scenarios

Projector

Lesson plan

Trainee manual

Reference books


Content

51

audience Adaptation of the

message to the audience


Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the

performance criterion has been achieved.


Written evidence

Performance evidence

Writing practice

Task: Write a 5 minutes’ speech on a topic of choice to be presented to

the class.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding steps for speech preparation

Language use

Observation


Acceptable preparation and delivery of speeches on different social and professional occasions

52

Learning Outcome 1.2:Deliver speeches to an audience

Steps for speech preparation and delivery Step 1: Research and

Preparation Step 2: Writing Your

Speech Step 3: Practicing Step 4: Putting Together

Visual Aids Step 5: Handling the Q&A

Important tips for speech delivery

Dos and Don’ts on speech delivery

Requirements to articulate message Pronunciation Speed Tone

Identification of categories of audience Familiar audience Non-familiar audience Adaptation of the

message to the audience

o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays

Flip charts

White/chalk Board

Markers

Microphones

Reference books

Scenarios

Stationeries

Scenarios

Projector

Lesson plan

Trainee manual

Reference books






Audible and clear articulation of messages addressed to an audience using pronunciation, segmental and Suprasegmental phonology


53

Oral evidence


Presentation Task

Deliver a 5 minutes’ speech on a topic of choice to the class.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding steps for speech preparation

Language use

Tips for speech delivery

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Ask questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to question

forms

Question forms Yes/No questions Wh-questions Choice questions Hypothetical questions Embedded questions Leading questions

o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays o Group work

Scenarios

White/blackboard

Reference books

Markers

Flip charts

Paper

Stationeries





Asking relevant questions to clarify, extend and follow up ideas according to

question forms


54


Oral evidence


Discussions

Presentations

Task: Answer at least 3 questions from the audience on your 5-minute speech.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Question formulation

Understanding the audience

Message articulation

Observation

55

LU 2:Read correctly a range of materials

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Read different trade-related texts adequately 2. Analyse trade-related texts 3. Summarize key ideas in trade-related texts

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Read different trade-related texts adequately

Types of texts Expository Narrative Descriptive Directive Argumentative

Application of reading techniques on selected texts

Reading for details Reading for specific

information

Explanation of key terms/words in the text

Provision of answers to reading comprehension questions

o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Group work o Presentation

- Flip charts - White/chalk Board - Markers - Reference books - Stationeries - Projector - Lesson plan - Trainee manual



Content

56




Written evidence

Oral evidence


Reading practice Presentations Matching

Multiple choice Task: Using an appropriate reading strategy, read the text provided to you

and answer its comprehension questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Types of texts

Application of reading texts

Answering comprehension questions

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Analyse trade-related texts

Identification and description Text Structure Purpose of the text Style

Technicality Illustration Prose or verse

Writer’s stance

o Practical exercise o Presentation o Roleplay o Group discussion

Scenarios

White/blackboard

Reference books

Markers

Flip charts

Paper

Stationeries



Adequate reading of different trade-related texts

57

Lesson plan

Trainee manual





Written evidence


Reading practice Presentations Multiple choice

Task: Read the text provided by the teacher and explain its purpose

Checklist Score

Yes No

Types of texts

Application of reading texts

Answering comprehension questions

Identification of text purpose

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Summarize key ideas in trade-related texts



Clear analysis of trade-related texts (identification and description of characters, events and settings, as well as to express preferences by giving reasons)

58

Steps to summarize: Keep the most

important ideas

Get rid of the less important details

Write in own words

o Practical exercise o Presentation o Group work

- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Paper - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Reading practice Writing practice Presentations

Task: Summarize the text given by the teacher

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding of summary writing steps

Observation


Effective summary of key ideas in trade-related texts

59

LU 3: Listen to audio messages with different English accents to get the intended message

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Listen and respond to others correctly 2. Identify differences between common English accents clearly 3. Report information listened to in different accents accurately

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Listen and respond to others correctly

Application of active listening strategies to different accents Listening forGeneral information Listening for Specific information

Responding to different accents Responding through Interactions

Asking for clarification Expressing satisfaction

o Modelling o Practical exercise o Presentation o Role plays

Flip charts

White/chalk Board

Audiovisual materials

Scenarios

Stationeries

Projector

Computer

Lesson plan

Trainee manual

Recordings



Appropriate listening and responding to others


60




Oral evidence


Listening practice Discussions True or false questions

Task: Following your teacher’s instructions, listen and respond to what you hear.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Application of active listening strategies

Responding to audio messages

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Identify differences between common English accents clearly

Introduction to English accents Defining an English accent Common English accents

Differences between American and British English Vowel Pronunciation Consonant pronunciation Rhotic accent Change of stress Changes in articulation

o Practical exercise o Drilling/ o Modeling o Presentation o Roleplay

- Scenarios - White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Audiovisual material - Recordings - Trainee manual - Lesson plan



61




Oral evidence


Listening practice Discussions True or false questions Note taking

Task: Listen to two different recordings played by the teacher and identify

the differences between the accents of both speakers

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding of Differences between American and British accents

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Report information listened to in different accents accurately

Types of listening Informative listening Discriminative listening Relationship listening Appreciative listening

Reporting information General information Specific information

o Practical exercise o Presentation o Drilling/ o Modelling

Scenarios White/blackb

oard Reference

books Markers Flip charts Audiovisual

materials



Clear identification of differences between common English accents

62

Recordings Stationeries





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Listening practice

Discussions

Presentations

Task:

Listen and report to the information you hear from each recording

played to you by the teacher

Checklist Score

Yes No

Listening strategies

Understanding of Differences between American and British accents

Types of listening

Reporting information accurately

Observation


Accurate reporting of information listened to in different accents

63

LU 4: Produce a variety of medium texts on professional and general topics

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Write about a wide range of trade-related subjects clearly 2. Differentiate business documents effectively 3. Write business documents perfectly 4. Use writing style applicable to each type of business document

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1: Write about a wide range of trade-related subjects clearly

Varieties of writing Chronological

writing Analytical writing Descriptive writing Compare and

contrast writing Evaluative writing Summary writing

The Writing processes Exploring and

planning Drafting Making global

revisions and revising sentences

Building effective paragraphs

o Brainstorming o Documentary research o Practical exercise o Group work

- Flip charts - White/chalk Board - Markers - Reference books - Stationeries - Projector - Lesson plan - Trainee manual



64




Written evidence

Performance

Writing practice Presentations

Task: Write a short text analysing an important issue affecting your career

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding of varieties of writing

Writing processes

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2: Differentiate business documents effectively

Identification and differentiation of business documents Business plans and Goals

Business proposals Concept notes

Accounting Documents Financial reports Financial

statements Goods received

note

o Practical exercise o Brainstorming o Presentation o Documentary

research o Group work o Roleplay

- Scenarios - White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Lesson plan - Trainee manual



Clear and detailed writing about a wide range of trade-related subjects

65

Purchase order Goods delivery note Requisition

Customer service documents

Business reports Annual reports Term reports Quarterly report Activity/Operation

reports Operational documents

Contracts Business letters Memorandum of

Understanding





Written evidence

Oral

Performance

Writing practice Discussions Presentations Multiple choice Matching

Task: Name at least 4 different types of business documents and specify their differences

Checklist Score

Yes No

Identification of business documents


Effective differentiation of business documents (inventory, memos,letters, handovers, receipts, minutes)

66

Awareness of characteristics of business documents

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.3: Write business documents perfectly

Steps to write business documents Identifying the

audience Identifying the

document’s purpose

Organizing your writing

Proofreading the business document

Editing the business document

o Practical exercise o Documentary research o Presentation o Group work

- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Paper - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan





Written evidence


Writing practice Presentation

Task:

Write a business of a project you would implements upon graduation


Appropriate writing of business documents


67

Checklist Score

Yes No

Awareness of steps to write a business documents

Structure of business documents

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.4: Use writing style applicable to each type of business document

Tips to business writing style

Formatting a business document

o Practical writing exercises o Group work o Documentary research o Presentation

- White/blackboard - Reference books - Markers - Flip charts - Stationeries - Trainee manual - Lesson plan





Written evidence


Writing practice Presentation Matching

Task:

Using the appropriate writing style for each business document, write a memo and business letter on a topic of your choice.


Appropriate use of writing style applicable to each type of business document


68

Checklist Score

Yes No

Application business document writing styles

Layout of business documents by type

Language use

Observation

Reference books:

69

C C M K N 5 0 1 - IKINYARWANDA CY’INTYOZA

CCMKN501GUKORESHA IKINYARWANDA K’INTYOZA

Ikiciro: 3 Amasaha ateganijwe

Credits: 3 30

Ishami: Yose

Agashami: Twose

Igihe yateguriwe:Ukuboza, 2016

Intego nyamukuru

Iyi mbumbanyigisho irasobanura ubumenyi n’ubushobozi bukenewe kugira ngo uwiga ashobore :

Gukoresha ikinyarwanda k’intyoza mu kumva, kuvuga, gusoma no kwandika, mu bikorwa bijyanye n’umwuga we.

Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko mu gushyikirana n’abandi abagezaho ibitekerezo bye kandi agaragaza uko yakira ibyabo.

Kugaragaza imyumvire n’imyifatire ikwiye agenda avoma mu myandiko, inkurushusho n’ikinamico binyuranye.

Kugereranya ingeri zinyuranye z’ubuvanganzo nyarwanda.

Guhanga no kumurika mu rurimi rw’ikinyarwanda afatiye ku ngeri zinyuranye z’imyandiko.

Gukoresha neza ibinyazina bitandukanye.

Kwandika neza amazina bwite anyuranye.

70

Ubushobozi fatizo

Ubushobozi mu Kinyarwanda k’ibanze

Ingingo n’ibipimo by’ubushobozi

Ingingo z’ubushobozi zisobanura umusaruro w’ibanze ugomba kugerwaho.

Ibipimo by’ubushobozi bisobanura ubushobozi busabwa mu kugaragaza ko intego zikubiye mu mbumbe

zagezweho.

Ingingo z’Ubushobozi Ibipimo by’Ubushobozi

1. Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi.

1.1 Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye .

1.2 Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho. 1.3 Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango

n’isesekaza. 1.4 Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza

ingingo. 1.5 Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho.

2. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.

2.1. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

2.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 2.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 2.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 2.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura

amakimbirane. 2.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.

3. Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.

3.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

3.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 3.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 3.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku

n’isukura. 3.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.

4. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no gukoresha ibinyazina

4.1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

4.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 4.3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.

71

binyuranye. 4.4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 4.5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye

y’ubutaka. 4.6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.

5. Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.

5.1. Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvanemu ngiro zitandukanye.

5.2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 5.3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo. 5.4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro. 5.5. Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi. 5.6. Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite.

72

LU 1:Gukoresha ubuvanganzo nyandiko ashyikirana n’abandi

1

Umusaruro w’inyigisho:

1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye

2. Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho. 3. Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza. 4. Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo. 5. Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho Amasaha 6

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva

inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo.

Inkurushusho Insanganyamatsiko;

Inyunguramagambo;

ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;

Inshamake y’inkurushusho;

inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;

isomo ry’ingenzi;

ihimbankuru;

isesekaza n’utwatuzo.

Udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho

o Gusoma inkurushusho bucece.

o Gusoma inkurushusho mu matsinda bashaka:

- Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;

- Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva inkurushusho no kumurika ibivuyemo;

Uturango tw’inkurushusho. o Gusoma inkurushusho uwiga

aranguruye ;

o Gusoma inkurushusho bakuranwa ;

o Guhuza ibivugwa mu nkurushusho n’indangagaciro;

o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire

˗ Ibitabo by’ubuvanganzo (inkurushusho) ;

˗ Ibinyamakuru bikoresha inkurushusho ;

˗ Sede (cd); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.

Imfashanyigisho Ibikorwa by’uwiga

activities

Ibyigwa

73

y’abantu;

o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;

o Gusobanura ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;

o Gusobanura inshoza n’uturango by’inkurushusho;

o Guhina mu magambo inkurushusho;

o Gutahura isomo ry’ingenzi;

o Guhimba udukino dufatiye ku nkurushusho.

Isuzuma Mbonezanyigisho 1.1

Usuzuma akusanya bimwe mu bihamya bikurikira, akanzura niba ubushobozi busuzumwa bwagezweho.

Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya

Ubushobozi busuzumwa

Uwiga yakoresheje neza Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva

inkurushusho abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye

74

Urutonde rw’ibisuzumwa Arabishoboye

Yego Oya

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo

inkurushusho

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.2: Gusubiza mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho.



Inyunguramagambo;




isomo ry’ingenzi;

ihimbankuru;








aranguruye ;



o Gusanisha ingeso zivugwa mu nkurushusho n’imyitwarire y’abantu;

o Gukoresha ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza





activities

Ibyigwa

75

insanganyamatsiko z’ingenzi;








Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho y’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko


Yego Oya

Insanganyamatsiko

Inyunguramagambo

Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka

Isomo ry’ingenzi

Umwanzuro


Yashubije mu mvugo iboneye ibibazo ku nkurushusho

76

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.3: Gusoma neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza.



Inyunguramagambo;




isomo ry’ingenzi;

ihimbankuru;








aranguruye ;









activities

Ibyigwa

77








Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho by’isomwa ry’inkurushusho


Yego Oya

Isesekaza n’utwatuzo

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.4: Guhindura inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo.


Yasomye neza inkurushusho yubahiriza uturango n’isesekaza.

78



Inyunguramagambo;




isomo ry’ingenzi;

ihimbankuru;








aranguruye ;















activities

Ibyigwa

79


Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ku dukino tw’inkuru n’inkuru shusho


Yego Oya


Umwanzuro


Yahinduye inkurushusho mo agakino akurikiranya neza ingingo

80

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 1.5: Guhimba no kwandika inkurushusho.



Inyunguramagambo;




isomo ry’ingenzi;

ihimbankuru;








aranguruye ;









o Guhimba udukino dufatiye ku





activities

Ibyigwa

81

nkurushusho.



Gihamya Isuzuma

Inyandiko y’inkurushusho


Yego Oya

Ihimbankuru

Umwanzuro


Yahimbye anandika inkurushusho

82

LU 2:Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gukemura amakimbirane no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.

2


1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

2. Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura

amakimbirane mu muryango 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye

Amasaha 6

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva

umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane abinyujije mu ngiro

zitandukanye.

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;

Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi atarogoya;

Inyunguramagambo;

Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;

Ingingo z’umuco ;

Ingingo z’amateka (gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);

ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango.

indangagaciro y’ubworoherane;

Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane;

Ihangamwandiko ku

o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ujyanye no gukemura amakimbirane.

o Kutarogoya ufite ijambo nta mpamvu.

o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko n’inyunguramagambo.

o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.

o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro y’ubworoherane.

o Gusoma mu matsinda

˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye gukemura amakimbirane; ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;

˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.


activities

Ibyigwa

83

nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.

Ibinyazina: Nyereka Ngenera Ngenga

bashaka.

o Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye.

o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko.

o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda.

o Gusoma aranguruye agaragaza isesekaza.

o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda ibitekerezo ku kamaro ko gukemura amakimbirane.

o Gukora inshamake y’umwandiko.

o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo guhembera amakimbirane.

o Gutahura imikoreshereze y’ibinyazina binyuranye.



Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho y’uwiga ateze amatwi umwandiko atarogoya


Yego Oya

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye;

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoye;


Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku

nsanganyamatsiko y’uburinganire n’ubwuzuzanye abinyujije mu ngiro

zitandukanye.

84

Umwanzuro

85

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.2: Gusubiza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.



Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco ;





Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.







o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka.







o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo




activities

Ibyigwa

86

guhembera amakimbirane.




Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ku bibazo byo kumva umwandiko


Yego Oya

Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco;

Indangagaciro z’imibereho n’imibanire myiza y’abanyarwanda;

Ingingo z’amateka

indangagaciro y’ubworoherane

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.3: Gusoma umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.


Ibimenyetso by’utega amatwi




˗ SEDE (CD);


activities

Ibyigwa


Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.

87

atarogoya;

Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco ;



















˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo.



Yasomye neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.

88


Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ry’isomwa ry’umwandiko


Yego Oya


Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya ingingo.



Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco ;





Ihangamwandiko ku








o Ibisumizo by’ibibazo byo




activities

Ibyigwa

89

nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane.


kumva umwandiko.









Gihamya Isuzuma

Amashusho, amajwi n’inyandiko z’ihimba, imurika n’ihinamwandiko


Yego Oya

Ihangamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane

Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gukemura amakimbirane

Umwanzuro


Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.

90

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura

amakimbirane mu muryango.



Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco ;























activities

Ibyigwa

91




Gihamya Isuzuma

Amashusho n’amajwi y’imurika ry’ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango


Yego Oya

Ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu muryango

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 2.6: Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.



Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco ;

Ingingo z’amateka




o Kuvumbura




activities

Ibyigwa


Yamuritse ingero zifatika zigaragaza uburyo bwo gukemura amakimbirane mu

muryango

92

(gusasa inzobe, Gacaca, Imimaro,..);






insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu mwandiko.













Gihamya Isuzuma


Yakoresheje ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye

93

Inyandiko y’ibisubizo ku binyazina


Yego Oya

Ibinyazina

Umwanzuro

94

LU 3:Gukangurira abandi akamaro k’isuku n’isukura no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye.

3


1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneyen uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko. 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura. 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.

Amasaha 6

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneyen uwiga agaragaza ko yumva

umwandiko ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura;


Inyunguramagambo;


Ingingo z’umuco n’amateka;

Isesekaza n’utwatuzo;

Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima;

ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura;

Ihinamwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko y’ isuku n’isukura;

Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.

o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku isuku n’isukura.



o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo ryose,kwiyitaho ).

o Gusoma mu matsinda bashaka:

o -Ibisobanuro by’amagambo akomeye;

o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo

˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeye isuku n’isukura;

˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo;

˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo

Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,

˗ Itegeko Nshinga rya Repubulika y’u Rwanda;

˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’isuku n’isukura.


activities

Ibyigwa

95

Ibinyazina Ngenera ngenga Ndafutura/ndasigura Mpamagazi

kumva umwandiko;

o -Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda ;


o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku isuku n’isukura.


o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka z’umwanda.




Gihamya Isuzuma



Yego Oya

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko ku isuku n’isukura

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya ufite ijambo

Umwanzuro


Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko

ku kamaro k’isuku n’isukura abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye.

96

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko.



Inyunguramagambo;








Ibinyazina Ngenera

ngenga Ndafutura/n

dasigura Mpamagazi







o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo kumva umwandiko;









˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga

ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,




activities

Ibyigwa

97



Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho by’ibisubizo ku kumva umwandiko


Yego Oya

Inyunguramagambo

Insanganyamatsiko


Indangagaciro zo kubaha ubuzima

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.



Inyunguramagambo;



Isesekaza




o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo kubaha ubuzima (Kubaha uburenganzira bwa muntu, kwirinda ihohotera iryo ari ryo



˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga

ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu,


activities

Ibyigwa



98

n’utwatuzo;





Ibinyazina Ngenera

ngenga Ndafutura/n

dasigura Mpamagazi

ryose,kwiyitaho ).
















99

Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho by’isomwa ry’umwandiko


Yego Oya


Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.



Inyunguramagambo;














o -Ibisubizo by’ibibazo byo








activities

Ibyigwa

100


kumva umwandiko;









Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihina n’ihimbamwandiko


Yego Oya

Ihinamwandiko ku ku isuku n’isukura

Ihangamwandiko ku isuku n’isukura

Umwanzuro


Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.

101

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 3.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura.



Inyunguramagambo;




























activities

Ibyigwa

102




Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ngero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura


Yego Oya

Ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura

Umwanzuro




Inyunguramagambo;



o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa



˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ;


activities

Ibyigwa


Yamuritse ingero zifatika zihamya akamaro k’isuku n’isukura

103









mu mwandiko.











˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Itangazo








104

Gihamya Isuzuma

Ibisubizo by’imyitozo ku binyazina


Yego Oya

Ibinyazina

Umwanzuro

105

LU 4:Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza uburyo bunyuranye bwo gutunganya ubutaka no gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye

4


1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye

2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko 3. Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza. 4. Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo. 5. Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye

y’ubutaka. 6. Gukoresha ibinyazina binyuranye ku buryo bukwiye.

Amasaha 6

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze uwiga agaragaza ko yumva

umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye kurwanya indwara mu ngiro zitandukanye.

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka;

ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.

isesekaza n‘utwatuzo;

inyunguramagambo;

insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko;

indangangakiro na kirazira;

ingingo z’amateka n’umuco;

ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize;

ihimbamwandiko.

o Gutega amatwi umwandiko ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.



o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.




˗ Igitabo gikubiyemo imyandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yo gutunganya ubutaka ;


˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;

˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;

˗ Inkoranyamagambo;

˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa


activities

Ibyigwa

106

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro

o Bamurika mu ruhame ibyavuye mu matsinda;


o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda, ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.


o Kujya impaka ku ngaruka zo kudacunga neza ubutaka.


Muntu;


˗ Amafoto ku bikorwa by’imitunganyirizwe y’ubutaka.



Gihamya Isuzuma



Yego Oya

Umwandiko ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye imitunganyirize y’ubutaka

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku mwandiko


Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva umwandiko ku

mitunganyirize y’ubutaka abinyujije mu ngiro zitandukanye

107




inyunguramagambo;





ihimbamwandiko.

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro
















˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;

˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;


˗ Itangazo Mpuzamahanga ry’uburenganzira bwa Muntu;





activities

Ibyigwa

108


Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ku bisubizo byo kumva umwandiko


Yego Oya

Inyunguramagambo

Insanganyamatsiko y’umwandiko

Indangangakiro na kirazira

Ingingo z’amateka n’umuco

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.3: Gusoma neza umwandiko yubahiriza utwatuzo n’isesekaza.



isesekaza




o Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda



˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;


activities

Ibyigwa



109

n‘utwatuzo;

inyunguramagambo;





ihimbamwandiko.

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro

kiboneye agaragaza indangagaciro yo gukorera mu mucyo.










˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;







Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ku isomwa ry’umwandiko


Yego Oya



110


Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.4: Guhina no guhimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo.




inyunguramagambo;





ihimbamwandiko.

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro















˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;

˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;






activities

Ibyigwa

111




Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi, amashusho n’inyandiko ku ihimba n’imurikamwandiko


Yahinnye anahimba umwandiko akurikiranya neza ingingo

112


Yego Oya

Ihimbamwandiko;

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 4.5: Kumurika ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye

y’ubutaka.




inyunguramagambo;





ihimbamwandiko.

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro










o Gukusanyiriza mu matsinda,



˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;

˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;






activities

Ibyigwa

113

ibitekerezo ku mitunganyirize y’ubutaka.






Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho ku ngero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize y’ubutaka


Yego Oya

Ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize y’ubutaka

Umwanzuro



activities

Ibyigwa


Yamuritse ingero zifatika zihamya imitunganyirize iboneye y’ubutaka

114




inyunguramagambo;





ihimbamwandiko.

Ikinyazina:

Mbaza

Mboneranteko

Nyamubaro
















˗ SEDE (CD);

˗ Disiketi ;

˗ Ikibaho;

˗ Marikeri;

˗ Murandasi;








115


Gihamya Isuzuma

Ibisubizo ku mikoreshereze y’ibinyazina


Yego Oya

Ikinyazina

Umwanzuro

116

LU 5:Gukoresha neza uburyo bunyuranye bw ’ ubwumvane no kwandika yubahiriza imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda.

5


1. Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda kiboneye uwiga agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane mu ngiro zitandukanye.

2. Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico. 3. Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo. 4. Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro 5. Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi. 6. Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite.

Amasaha 6

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.1: Gukoresha Ikinyarwanda k’ibanze, uwiga agaragaza ko yumva

ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubuzima bw’imyororokere mu ngiro zitandukanye.

Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane;

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya.

Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico;


Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;

Isesekaza n’utwatuzo.

Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo

ikocamye Imvugo

isanzwe Imvugo

o Gutega amatwi ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane.


o Gusubiza ibibazo byo kumva ikinamico n’inyunguramagambo.

o Kuvumbura insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.

o Gusoma bucece ikinamico.

o Gusoma bakuramwa, baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.

o Gukorera mu matsinda, bungurana ibitekerezo ku nsanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.

o Guhimba no gukina udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane.

˗ Ibitabo bikubiyemo imyandiko yerekeyeubwumvane;

˗ Ibitabo by’ikibonezamvugo ;

˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo; ˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri

N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.


activities

Ibyigwa

117

ihanitse

Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite

indomo y’abantu

arenze rimwe y’abantu

n’ahantu y’amavamaha

nga y’idini yari

asanwzeho

o Kujya impaka ku mvugo ziboneye.

o Gutahura no gukosora amakosa mu myandikire y’amazina bwite.



Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi, amashusho by’uwiga ateze amatwi atarogoya


Yego Oya

Ikinamico ku nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane

Ibimenyetso by’uteze amatwi atarogoya

Umwanzuro


Uwiga yakoresheje Ikinyarwanda kiboneye agaragaza ko yumva ikinamico ku

nsanganyamatsiko yerekeye ubwumvane mu ngiro zitandukanye

118

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.2: Gusubiza neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico








ikocamye Imvugo

isanzwe Imvugo

ihanitse


indomo y’abantu arenze

rimwe y’abantu

n’ahantu y’amavamahan

ga y’idini yari

asanwzeho
















activities

Ibyigwa

119



Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi, amashusho ku bisusbizo byo kumva umuvugo


Yego Oya

Inyunguramagambo ku ngeri y’ikinamico


Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.3: Gusoma neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo





Udukino ku




o Kuvumbura



˗ SEDE (CD); ˗ Disiketi ; ˗ Ikibaho; ˗ Marikeri; ˗ Murandasi; ˗ Inkoranyamagambo;


activities

Ibyigwa


Yashubije neza ibibazo mu mvugo iboneye ku ikinamico

120

nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane;



ikocamye Imvugo

isanzwe Imvugo

ihanitse


indomo y’abantu arenze

rimwe y’abantu

n’ahantu y’amavamahan

ga y’idini yari

asanwzeho

insanganyamatsiko ivugwa mu ikinamico.







˗ Amabwiriza ya Minisitiri N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.



Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho uwiga asoma ikinamico


Yego Oya


Umwanzuro


Yasomye neza ikinamico yubahiriza uturango twayo

121

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.4: Guhimba no gukina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro







Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe Imvugo ihanitse

Amazina bwite y’ahantu afite indomo y’abantu arenze rimwe y’abantu n’ahantu y’amavamahanga y’idini yari asanwzeho

















activities

Ibyigwa

122


Gihamya Isuzuma

Amajwi n’amashusho n’inyandiko ku kinamico


Yego Oya

Udukino ku nsanganyamatsiko ishingiye ku bwumvane

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.5: Gukoresha neza inzego z’ururimi.







Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe






o Gusoma bakuramwa,




N0 001/2014 yo ku wa 08/10/2014 agenga imyandikire y’Ikinyarwanda nk’uko yasohotse mu Igazeti ya


activities

Ibyigwa


Yahimbye anakina ikinamico ahuza imvugo n’ingiro.

123

Imvugo ihanitse


baranguruye bigana, abakinankuru.





Leta N0 41 bis yo ku wa 13/10/2014.



Gihamya Isuzuma

Ibisubizo ku myitozo y’ikoreshwa ry’ inzego z’indimi


Yego Oya

Inzego z’ururimi

Umwanzuro

Umusaruro w’inyigisho 5.6: Kubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite


Yakoresheje neza inzego z’ururimi

124







Inzego z’ururimi: Imvugo ikocamye Imvugo isanzwe Imvugo ihanitse



















Yubahiriza imyandikire y’amazina bwite


activities

Ibyigwa

125

Gihamya Isuzuma

Ibisubizo ku myitozo yo kwandika amazina bwite


Yego Oya

Amazina bwite

Umwanzuro

126

Ibitabo n’inyandiko byifashishijwe:

1. BIZIMANA S, KAYUMBA C., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 2ème, Edition

2. BIZIMANA, S., RWABUKUMBA, G., (2011), Inkoranya y’ikinyarwanda mu Kinyarwanda, IRST, 1ère Edition

3. CHARMEAUX, E., (1975), La lecture à l’école, Cédix, Paris. 4. CONFÉRENCE DES MINISTRES DE L’EDUCATION DES ETATS D’EXPRESSION FRANÇAISE, (1986),

Promotion et intégration des langues nationales dans les systèmes éducatifs, Librairie Honoré Champion, Paris.

5. COUPEZ A. (1961) Grammaire Rwanda Simplifiée, Usumbura 6. Dictionnaire Rwandais-Français, Edition abrégée et adaptée par Irénée JACOB. 7. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umunyeshuri, Umwaka wa 4, Fountain

Publishers, Kigali 8. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 5, Fountain

Publishers, Kigali 9. FOUNTAIN PUBLISHERS, (2011), Ikinyarwanda, Igitabo cy’umwarimu, Umwaka wa 6, Fountain

Publishers, Kigali 10. GAGNÉ, G., PAGÉ, M. na ARRAB, E, (2002), Didactique des langues maternelles. Questions

actuelles dans différentes régions du monde, De Boeck Universitégions du monde, De Boeck Université, Bruxelles.

11. GASIMBA F.X (2004), Inganzo y’Ubwanditsi, Prix Kadima 12. INTEKO NYARWANDA Y’URURIMI N’UMUCO (RALC), (2013), Indangagaciro z’Umuco w’u Rwanda,

Imfashanyigisho ibanza, Kigali Rwanda 13. KAGIRANEZA Z. (1989), Igitaramo ku mateka y’u Rwanda, MINESUPRESS 14. MINISTERI Y’AMASHURI ABANZA N’AYISUMBUYE (1986) Ikinyarwanda: Ikibonezamvugo cyo mu

Cyiciro cya Gatatu, Kigali 15. UNIVERSITY OF RWANDA/COLLEGE OF EDUCATION (2014), Umusogongero ku Buvanganzo

Nyarwanda, Kigali. 16. VANHOVE J. (1941), Essai de Droit Coutumier du Ruanda, Bruxelles, Librairie Falk fils.

127

C C M S E 5 0 1 - WORKING IN A SOCIALLY DIVERSE ENVIRONMENT

CCMSE501 Work in a socially diverse environment


Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date:October, 2017

Purpose statement

This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude required to be able to successfully

work in a socially diverse environment. The module will allow the participant to develop ways

of communicating with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds and

accommodating cultural differences. Furthermore, this module will enable the trainee to be

able to identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace because of

the cultural differences, find ways of resolving them and/or referring them to appropriate

individuals or bodies.

128


Not applicable







5. Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds.

1.1 Adequate Valuing customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and treating them with respect and sensitivity.

1.2 Adequate Taking into consideration cultural differences in allverbal and non-verbal communication and overcoming language barriers.

1.3 Proper obtaining assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside organizations when required.

6. Address cross-cultural misunderstandings

2.3 Proper identification of issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace.

2.4 Adequate consideration of possible cultural differences when difficulties or misunderstandings occur.

2.5 Appropriate referring of problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team leader or supervisor for follow-up.

129

LU 1: Communicate with customers and colleagues from diverse backgrounds

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Value customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and treat them with respect and sensitivity.

2. Take into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-verbal communication and overcome language barriers.

3. Obtain assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside organisations when required. 12 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Value customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and

treat them with respect and sensitivity

Treating different groups effectively

forms of address

levels of formality or informality

observance of special religious, feasts or other celebratory days

customs, beliefs and values

Product preferences

o Role play o Individual work o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Brainstorming

- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials - Specialised

materials





Adequate Valuing customers and colleagues from different cultural groups and

treating them with respect and sensitivity.


Content

130


Written

Oral

Performance

Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation) Role play

Checklist Score

Yes No

Effective treatment of different groups

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Take into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-

verbal communication and overcome language barriers.

Verbal and non-verbal communication:

varied cultural interpretation of non-verbal behaviour and gestures

personal grooming, including dress and hygiene habits

language spoken

language written

Overcoming language barriers:

meet, greet and farewell customers

give simple directions

give simple instructions

answer simple enquiries

prepare for, serve and assist customers

describe goods and services

o Brainstorming o Role play o Individual work

- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials


131





Written

Oral

Performance


Checklist Score

Yes No

Consideration of cultural differences through verbal and non-verbal communication

Overcoming language barriers

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Obtain assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside

organisations when required

Partnerships for efficient communication

interpreter services

diplomatic services

local cultural organizations

appropriate government agencies

educational institutions

o Group discussion o Individual work o Large group discussion

- Reference books - Online materials - Specialised materials



Adequate Taking into consideration cultural differences in all verbal and non-

verbal communication and overcoming language barriers.

132





Written

Oral

Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Partnerships for efficient communication

Observation

Disability advocacy groups.


Proper obtaining assistance from colleagues, reference books or outside

organizations when required.

133

LU 2:Address cross-cultural misunderstandings

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the workplace.

2. Consider possible cultural differences while resolving difficulties or misunderstandings at workplace.

3. Referring problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team leader or supervisor for follow-up. 18 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Identify issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the

workplace

Cultural differences

Causes of conflict

race

language

special needs

disabilities

gender

age

roles,

emotions,

misinformation

misinterpretation

values

o Individual work o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Brainstorming

- Reference books - Online materials - Specialised materials



Proper identification of issues that may cause conflict or misunderstanding in the

workplace.


Content

134




Written

Oral

Multiple choice True or false question Ticking Expose (presentation)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Demonstration of knowledge about cultural differences

Identification of issues that may causes conflict at workplace

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Consider possible cultural differences while resolving difficulties or

misunderstandings at workplace


135

Settlement of misunderstandings

greetings

key phrases

customs

protocol,

business practices

what is done for fun

appreciation of cultural difference

Avoidance to compromise own values

being accommodating

Different Communication Styles

Different Attitudes Toward Conflict

Different Approaches to Completing Task

Different Decision-Making Styles

Different Attitudes Toward Disclosure

o Role play o Group discussion o Large group discussion o Individual work

- Reference books

- Role play scenario

- Online materials

- Specialised materials





Written

Oral

Performance


Checklist Score

Yes No

Settlement of misunderstandings


Adequate consideration of possible cultural differences when difficulties or

misunderstandings occur.

136

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Referring problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate team

leader or supervisor for follow-up

Raising issues

informal communication

informal meeting

Mediation

formal communication

formal writing

formal meetings

work ethics

o Role play o Individual task o Group work o Large group discussion

- Reference books - Role play scenario - Online materials - Specialised

materials





Written

Oral

Performance


Checklist Score

Yes No

Raising issues to the appropriate level at workplace


Appropriate referring of problems and unresolved issues to the appropriate

team leader or supervisor for follow-up.


137

Observation

Reference books:

1. Axtell, R. E., & Parker Pen Company. (1993). Do’s and taboos around the world. New York: Wiley.

2. House, R. J., & Global Leadership and Organizational Behavior Effectiveness Research Program. (2004). Culture, leadership, and organizations: The GLOBE study of 62 societies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

3. Meyer, E. (2014). The culture map: Breaking through the invisible boundaries of global business. Public Affairs.

4. Schwartz, S. (2006). A theory of cultural value orientations: Explication and applications. Comparative Sociology, 5, 137-182.

138

C C M I W 5 0 1 - ICT AT WORKPLACE

CCMIW501 Use ICT at workplace


Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date:October, 2017

Purpose statement

This course focuses on providing skills, experience and confidence for those learners who struggle to

make the most of technology to demonstrate creative thinking, problem solving and knowledge

construction. It focuses on completing workplace tasks, such as researching and creating documents

with text, graphics and numerical information using commonly used tools such as: Microsoft Office –

(Word, Excel and PowerPoint), Email, The Internet

Learners gain ability to appropriately select and responsibly use ICT to be able to: Problem-solve,

Communicate and collaborate, Locate, use and synthesize information found using technology and

Develop skills necessary to function in this century.

139


Not applicable







1. Prepare document Layout 1.1 Proper set up of a grid structure 1.2 Proper arrangement of text zones and non-textual

ones in their correct reading order. 1.3 Proper use of special effects

2. Apply basic computer operations 2.1 Appropriate Conversion, Export and Import of files 2.2 Appropriate use of storage media 2.3 Appropriate application of Printer settings 2.4 Appropriate connect computer to the network

3. Manage data 3.1 Proper management of data types 3.2 Proper application of data validation, 3.3 Adequate application of Logical functions 3.4 Adequate performance of data analysis, duplication

removal and Conditional formatting 3.5 Appropriate application of data protection

140

LU 1: Prepare document Layout

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set up a grid structure 2. Arrange text zones and non-textual ones 3. Use special effects

10 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Set up a grid structure

Usage of basic grid structures for page layout (Deciding on the number and size of columns and gutters (gaps between columns))

Use asymmetrical grids to add interest to your design.

Work with margins, row and column gaps (Placement of intentional whitespace).

Usage of mixed grids.

o Practical exercise on designing a cover page of a given document

Computer Applications Trainer manual Flipcharts Markers Flipcharts stand Computer Lab Sample of journal



Proper set up of a grid structure


Content

141




Written evidence

Oral evidence


Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Expose (presentation) Task:

Prepare an attendance list including date, phone numbers and

IDs

Prepare a table of products with their specifications

Prepare a table of institutions with their address linked

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2:Arrange text zones and non-textual ones.

Work with Styles (Headings, Title and Subtitles) chapter or section titles, or headlines and subheads

Size and position of images and figures and work with image captions

Pull quotes and nut graphs which might be added out of

o Practical exercise on editing and arrange a given document



142

course or to make a short story fit the layout

Box outs and sidebars, which present information as asides from the main text flow

Page headers and page footers, the contents of which are usually uniform across content pages.

Table of contents

Notes like footnotes and end notes; bibliography





Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No


Proper arrangement of text zones and non-textual ones in their correct reading

order

143

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Use special effects

Methods of overlaying text on an image for readability

Position the Text Appropriately

Increase the Contrast Use a Transparent

Overlay Drop Shadow

Runaround and intrusions, or bleeding an image over the page margin

o Practical exercise on adding special effects in a given document






Written evidence





Proper use of special effects


144

IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

145

LU 2:Apply basic computer operations

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Import, Export, and Convert Data Files 2. Use of storage media 3. Apply printer settings 4. Connect computer to the network

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Import, Export, and Convert Data Files

Variety of different file formats Formats Typical Extension

Data Import techniques

Data Export techniques

Compress a file

File Conversion

o Individual work o Scenario based activities o Brainstorming on data types o Appropriate Conversion,

Export and Import of files o Appropriate use of storage

media o Appropriate application of

Printer settings o Connect Computer to the

network

Projector White Board Computer Lab





Appropriate Conversion, Export and Import of files


Content

146


Written evidence

Oral evidence


Written evidence Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Performance evidence Task:


IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Use of storage media

Different types of storage (off-line/On-line storage) External/Removable Hard Drive Solid State Drive (SSD) Network Attached Storage (NAS) USB Thumb Drive Or Flash Drive. Optical Drive (CD/ DVD discs) Cloud Storage.

Storage capacity Description of units of data

o Brainstorming on storage types

o Practical exercises on disk formatting

Projector White Board Computer Lab Storage devices


147

Disk formatting Partitioning Erase data





Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Appropriate use of storage media

148

Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply printer settings

Page setup

Print preview

Print dialog box

Selecting printer name

Printer options

Printing one or more copies

Printing in black/white or color

Print page ranges

o Exercises on printing one or more copies of a colored document, in black and white

o Printing in landscape, portrait different pages

Computer Lab With Current Word processing Package installed in each computer

Printer Projector





Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs




Appropriate application of Printer settings


149

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.4: Connect computer to the network

Common types of area networks based on size Personal area network,

or PAN Local area network, or

LAN Metropolitan area

network, or MAN Wide area network, or

WAN Wireless Local Area

Network or WLAN

Common types of area networks based on main purpose Storage area network, or

SAN Enterprise private

network, or EPN Virtual private network,

or VPN

Connect to the internet

Fixed internet Mobile internet

o Exercises on connect computer to the internet

o

Computer Lab With Internet

Projector


150





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Performance evidence Task:


IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Appropriate connect computer to the network

151

LU 3: Manage data

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Manage data types 2. Apply data validation 3. Apply logical functions 4. Analyse data 5. Apply data protection

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Manage data types

Description of data types Data type (Byte, integer, long,

single, double, currency, decimal, string, Boolean, date, object, variant)

Length Description

Techniques of entering data types in cells and their default formats

Labels to describe pieces of information

Values (Raw numbers or dates)

Formulas to perform calculations

o Brainstorming on data types o

Computer Lab Projector





Proper management of data types


152


Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Differentiation of data types

Alignment of data in cell

Formatting of data

Labeling

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Apply data validation

Create validation rules (Entries allowed in the cell, prompt message and Warning alerts)

Search/Find .Replace

Deleting a range of text

o Practical exercises on data validation based on calculation in another cell

o

Computer Lab Projector


153

The undo command

Spelling and grammar

Synonyms





Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation


Proper application of data validation

154

Learning Outcome 3.3:Apply logical functions

Logical function overview (AND, OR, XOR and NOT)

Between condition (IF function)

o Practical exercises on use of logical operators and construct more elaborate logical tests to perform more complex calculations and more powerful data analysis





Written evidence

Oral evidence




IDs




Adequate application of Logical functions


155

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.4:Analyse data

Create different types of charts Line and column charts Pie Bar Miniature graphs (spark lines)

Table style and application of conditional formatting

Duplication removal

o Perform practical exercises on data analysis

o compile activities reports





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion


Adequate performance of data analysis, duplication removal and Conditional

formatting


156

Open ended questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Performance evidence Task:


IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.5:Apply data protection

Data protection principles Fair and lawful Purposes Adequacy Accuracy Retention Rights Security

o Compile activities reports



Appropriate application of data protection


157




Written evidence

Oral evidence


Multiple choice/ Ticking True or false question Matching Sentence completion Open ended questions Oral evidence Expose (presentation) Performance evidence Task:


IDs



Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Reference books:

1. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb687869.aspx Data type in Microsoft Excel

158

C C M P E 5 0 1 - PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

CCMPE501 Apply professional ethics


Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All


Purpose statement

This particular module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude required for the trainee to apply

professional conduct at workplace.

159


Not applicable







1. Apply human values 1.1. Adequate valuation of human right.

1.2. Adequate promotion of integrity

1.3. Convenient valuation of time

1.4. Careful variety of moral issues

2. Respect engineering ethics 2.1. Appropriate application of rules and regulations of the work.

2.2. Adequate application ofcredible management of the work.

2.3. Adequate team spirit at the work.

3. Apply safety 3.1. Proper risk analysis

3.2. Convenient personal safety precautions

3.3. Adequate respect of hygienic rules

160

LU 1:Apply human values

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Valuate human right 2. Promote integrity 3. Valuate time 4. Analyse variety of moral issues

7 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Valuate human right

Human Right Issues Privacy Independence Security Right to vote Medication Education Employment Promotion Leave( Holydays)

Intellectual Property Right

Confidentiality

o Brainstorming on Human Right Issues, Intellectual Property Right and Confidentiality

o Group Discussion on Human Right Issues, Intellectual Property Right and Confidentiality

o Demonstration by video/ Picture of Human right issues

- Books - World Health

Organization Reports - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer



Adequate valuation of human right.


Content

161




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Multiple choice exercises

Essay

Matching exercise Exercises

True or false questioning

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Privacy

Independence

Security

Right to vote

Medication

Education

Employment

Promotion

Leave( Holydays)

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2:Promote integrity

Civic Virtues Tax Compliance Environmental Protection Self reliance Honesty

Respect for others

o Brainstorming on Civic Virtues o Group Discussion on Civic Virtues o Role play on Civic Virtues o Sketches on Civic Virtues o Site visit on environmentally

Protected areas

- Books - Environmental reports

( National and International)

- Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black

board


162

- Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Tax Compliance

Environmental Protection

Self-reliance

Honesty

Observation


Adequate promotion of integrity

163

Learning Outcome 1.3: Valuate time

Preparation of Agenda Agenda of Meeting Personal Agenda

o Brainstorming on preparation of Agenda

o Group Discussion on preparation of Agenda

o Practical exercise on preparation of Agenda

- Books - Agenda of some meetings - Personal Agenda - Notebook - Pen / Pencil - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Agenda of Meeting

Personal Agenda

Observation


Convenient valuation of time


164

Learning Outcome 1.4: Analyse variety of moral issues

Reason of Behaving Unethically

Resource Crunch Opportunity Attitude

o Brainstorming on Reason of Behaving Unethically

o Group Discussion on Reason of Behaving Unethically

- Books - Chocks - Blackboard





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Resource Crunch

Opportunity

Attitude

Observation


Careful analysis of variety of moral issues


165

166

LU 2:Respect engineering ethics

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply rules and regulations of the work. 2. Apply credible management of the work. 3. Work with team spirit

15 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1:Apply rules and regulations of the work.

Different Professional rules and regulations Public Building

regulations Human Settlement

Policies

Labor Code National International

o Brainstorming on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code

o Group Discussion on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code

o Demonstration by video/ on Professional rules and regulations and Labor Code

- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Pictures - Computer





Appropriate application of rules and regulations of the work.


Content

167


Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Public Building regulations

Human Settlement Policies

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply credible management of the work.

Ethical theories about Right Action Utilitarian Theory Duty Ethics The virtue Theory Self- realization ethics Justice (Fairness) theory

o Brainstorming on ethical theories about Right Action

o Group Discussion on ethical theories about Right Action

- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black

board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer





Adequate application of credible management of the work


168


Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Utilitarian Theory

Duty Ethics

The virtue Theory

Self- realization ethics

Justice (Fairness) theory

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Work with team spirit

Cooperation

Empathy Understanding Others Service Orientation Uplift others Leveraging diversity Political awareness

o Brainstorming on cooperation and empathy

o Group Discussion on cooperation and empathy

- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/

Black board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer



Adequate team spirit at the work.


169




Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Understanding Others

Service Orientation

Uplift others

Leveraging diversity

Political awareness

Observation

170

LU 3:Apply safety

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Analyse risk 2. Apply personal safety precautions 3. Respect hygienic rules

8 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Analyse risk

Analytical Methods for Risk Analysis Scenario Analysis Failure Mode and Effect Analysis Fault-tree Analysis Event-tree Analysis Human Error

o Brainstorming on analytical Methods for Risk Analysis

o Group Discussion on analytical Methods for Risk Analysis

- Books - Notebook - Pen - Workshop - Whiteboard/ Black

board - Marker pen - Chalks - Projector - Computer





Proper risk analysis


171


Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Scenario Analysis

Failure Mode and Effect Analysis

Fault-tree Analysis

Event-tree Analysis

Human Error

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Apply personal safety precautions

Safety and Risk

Saving Endangered Lives ( Occupational hazards)

Safe Exit

o Brainstorming on Application of personal safety precautions

o Group Discussion on Application of personal safety precautions





172




Written

evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Respect hygienic rules

Maintenance of Hygiene

Importance of PPE

o Brainstorming on Maintenance of Hygiene and Importance of PPE

o Group discussion on Maintenance of Hygiene and Importance of PPE





Convenient personal safety precautions

173





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Essay

Merging Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Maintenance of Hygiene

Observation


Adequate respect of hygienic rules

174

Reference books:

1. R.S.Naagarazan 2006, Professional Ethics and Human Values, NEW AGE INTERNATIONAL

PUBLISHERS, India

2. GordanaDodig-Crnkovic 2004, Professional Ethics in Science and Engineering,DEPARTMENT OF

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERINGMÄLARDALEN UNIVERSITY

3. Vee, C. and Skitmore, R.M. (2003) Professional ethics in the construction industry. Engineering

Construction and Architectural Management 10(2):pp. 117-127. Copyright 2003 Emerald.

4. AAT Code of Professional Ethics – Version 2.0 January 2014

175

C C M B O 5 0 1 - BUSINESS ORGANISATION

CCMBO501 Organize a business


Credits: 3 30

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All

Issue date: November, 2017

Purpose statement

This module covers the skills, knowledge and attitude to organise a business which is linked to

organisational strategic outcomes and facilitates the achievement of service delivery. The module will

allow the learner. Identify activities to be accomplished before real business operations, create a

productive working environment, run real business operations and monitor and evaluate the business.

176


Business plan development







1. Identify activities to be accomplished

before real business operations

1.1 Proper verification of business start-up

requirements

1.2 Accurate recruiting of employees in line with task

requirements

1.3 Effective performing purchasing of business

requirements in line with business plan

2. Create a productive working

environment

2.1 Accurate setting business ethical conduct

2.2 Effective assigning of responsibilities in accordance

with organisation structure

2.3 Permanent matching personal characteristics with

business requirements

2.4 Proper maintain good relationship with customers

and suppliers

3. Run real business operations 3.1 Proper setting of short-term business goals

3.2 Accurate optimizing the utilization of available

resources

3.3 Regular employing targeted promotional and

marketing campaigns

4. Monitor and evaluate the business 4.1 Clear preparation of a daily report of business

activities

4.2 Regular organization of employee’s meeting in

accordance with customer’s inquiries and needs

4.3 Regular consultation of business plan

177

LU 1: Identify activities to be accomplished for real business operations

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Verify business start-up requirements 2. Recruit employees in line with task requirements 3. Perform purchasing of business requirements in line with business

plan

5 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Verify business start-up requirements

Meaning of business requirements

Steps of business requirements estimation

Business location

Working place layout

Office equipment

Office furniture

Raw materials for initial storage

Production equipment and machinery

Production consumables

Start-up finances Quantity of financial

needs Sources finances Allocation of finance

Brainstorming Questions and answers Story telling Problem solving Role play Practical exercise

Flipchart Marker pen Internet Reference books Case studies Scenarios Post note


Content

178

resources





Written evidence Product evidence

Essay& Cases study

True or false question A produced start up plan

Checklist Score

Yes No

Steps of business requirements estimation

Business location

Raw materials for initial storage

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2:Recruit employees in line with task requirements



Proper verification of business start-up requirements

179

Meaning of employee recruitment

Functions of employees recruitment Job design and

development Identifying and seeking

candidates Receiving and tracking

applicants Reference and

background checks Testing Interview Evaluation and hiring

Principles of strategic employee recruitment

Factors influencing employees recruitment Internal factors

Budget constraints Expected or trend of

employee separations Production levels Sales increases or

decreases Global expansion plans

External factors

Changes in technology Changes in laws Unemployment rates Shifts in population Shifts in urban, suburban,

and rural areas Competition

Recruitment process Staffing plans and

forecasting Write the job description

and job specifications. Confirm job analysis Have a bidding system to

recruit and review internal candidate qualifications for possible promotions.

Brainstorming Questions and answers Story telling Problem solving

Flipchart Marker pens Pens Internet Reference books Case studies Scenarios Employee recruitment template

180

Determine the best recruitment strategies for the position.

Implement a recruiting strategy.





Oral evidence

Prodiuct evidence

Observation checklist Number of employees recruited

Checklist Score

Yes No

Functions of employees recruitment

Principles of strategic employee recruitment

Factors influencing employees recruitment

Recruitment process

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Perform purchasing of business requirements in line with business plan



Accurate recruiting of employees in line with task requirements

181

Meaning of purchasing

Purpose of purchasing

Types of purchasing Centralised purchasing Decentralised purchasing

Principles of purchasing Right price Right quality Right quantity Right time Right place

Purchasing procedures Meaning Steps involved in

purchasing procedures

Documents used in purchasing procedures. Material requisition form Inquiry Reply Purchase order Advice note Delivery note Invoice Credit status inquiry Debit note Credit note Receipt Statement of account

Meaning of suppliers

Factors influencing choice of effective suppliers

Brainstorming Questions and answers Story telling Problem solving

Flipchart Marker pens Pens Internet Reference books Case studies Scenarios Template of documents used in purchasing process






Effective performing purchasing of business requirements in line with business

plan

182

Written evidence


Essay& Cases study

True or false questioning Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Purpose of purchasing

Types of purchasing

Principles of purchasing

Purchasing procedures

Documents used in purchasing procedures

. Factors influencing choice of effective suppliers

Observation

183

LU 2:Create a productive working environment

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set business ethical conduct 2. Assign responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure 3. Match personal characteristics with business requirements 4. Maintain good relationship with customers and suppliers

7 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Set business ethical conduct

Define term ethical conduct

Objectives of ethical conduct in a business

Rules and regulations of the business Positive attitude

required to business members

sanctions proposed by the law in business

Types of unethical behavior in a business Mistreating Employees Financial Misconduct Misrepresentation

Techniques of encouraging a positive ethical behaviour in business Rewards Expectations Training Policies

Oral presentation Brainstorming Questions and answers Practical exercise

Flipchart Marker pen Pen Internet Reference books Case studies Business plan templateIncluding questions that guiding trainee to write a business plan


Content

184

Ways to address address unethical behaviour at the workplace

Methods of handling unethical conduct in business

Importance of positive ethical conduct in the business





Written evidence Oral evidence


Essay& Cases study


Problem solving

Observation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Objectives of ethical conduct in a business

Rules and regulations of the business

Types of unethical behavior in a business

Techniques of encouraging a positive ethical behaviour in business

Ways to address unethical behaviour at the workplace

Methods of handling unethical conduct in business

Importance of positive ethical conduct in the business

Observation


Accurate setting business ethical conduct

185

Learning Outcome 2.2: Assign responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure

Meaning of responsibilities assignment in business

Attribution of responsibilities Estimation of volume of task Determination of task’s

requirements Allowing time to the volume of

task

Responsibility assignment matrix RAC (Responsible, Accountable,

Consulted and Informed).








:


Essay& Cases study


Sentence completion


Checklist Score

Yes No

Attribution of responsibilities


Effective assigning of responsibilities in accordance with organisation structure


186

Responsibility assignment matrix

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Match personal characteristics with business requirements

Self assessment of time management practices Defining tool of

assessment Self Assessment Measuring gap between

personal characteristics and business requirements

Defining strategies to eliminate gaps

Self assessment in motivating employees practices Defining tool of




Self assessment in financial practices Defining tool of







187

Self assessment in inventory practices Defining tool of









Multiple choice exercises Essay& Cases study


Sentence completion Observation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Self assessment of time management practices

Self assessment in motivating employees practices

Self assessment in financial practices

Self assessment in inventory practices

Observation


Permanent matching personal characteristics with business requirements

188

Learning Outcome 2.4: Maintain good relationship with customers and suppliers

Meaning of a term relationship in a business

Purpose of maintaining a good relationship with customers and suppliers

Methods used to Maintain good relationship with: customers suppliers

Importance of maintaining good customers and suppliers relationship to the business: With customers With suppliers

Ways to address: Customer complaints Suppliers complaints

Manual procedures for business operations as tool for maintain customer and suppliers relationship.





Oral evidence Written evidence


Essay& Cases study


Sentence completion



Proper maintaining of good relationship with customers and suppliers


189

Checklist Score

Yes No

Purpose of maintaining a good relationship with customers and suppliers

Methods used to Maintain good relationship

Importance of maintaining good customers and suppliers relationship

Ways to address: Customer complaints Suppliers complaints

Manual procedures for business operations as tool for maintain customer and suppliers relationship.

Observation

190

LU 3:Run real business operation

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set of short-term business goals 2. Optimize the utilization of available resources 3. Employ targeted promotional and marketing campaigns

4 10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Set of short-term business goals

Defining business goals

Categorization of business goals

Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals

Setting business: Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals


Flipchart Marker pen Pen Internet Reference books Case studies Risk analysis template





Proper setting of short-term business goals


191



Multiple choice exercises Essay& Cases study


Sentence completion


Checklist Score

Yes No

Categorization of business goals

Setting business: Long-term goals Medium goals Short-term goals

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Optimize the utilization of available resources

Meaning of business resources

Types of business resources Financial resources Assets Human resources Technological resources

Purpose of optimizing the utilisation of available resources

Methods to optimise utilisation of available resources

Methods used to control utilisation of resources:

Brainstorming on identifying meaning of key words Oral presentation Demonstration of contingency plan samples Group discussion Documentary research Internet research Practical exercise on identifying risk to be covered by a contingency plan

Flipchart Markers Pen Internet Reference books Case studies Business plan Computer


192

Procedures of using resources Targeted result Anticipated emergencies in

planning Inventory planed

Importance of optimizing available resources for: Employees Business owners Business stakeholders







Essay& Cases study



Checklist Score

Yes No

Types of business resources

Purpose of optimizing the utilisation of available resources

Methods to optimise utilisation of available resources

Methods used to control utilisation of resources:

Importance of optimizing available resources

Observation


Accurate optimizing the utilization of available resources

193

Learning Outcome 3.3:Employ targeted promotional and marketing campaigns

Product promotion Meaning Aspects of product promotion

Advertising product or brand Generating sales Creating brand loyalty

Elements/tools/piece of promotional mi/plan

Public relations/publicity Advertising Sales promotion Personal selling Direct marketing

Promotional strategies

Get the most out of social media

Generate conversation with swag

Offer incentives with targeted landing pages

Appeal locally and create an event

Boost your brand with education

Establishing promotional

mix/plan

Marketing campaign Meaning Aspects of marketing campaign

Components of marketing campaign

Marketing Offer Creation Goal Setting Landing Page Drive Traffic Lead Nurturing End & Analyze Your Campaign Views

Brainstorming on identifying meaning of key words Oral presentation Demonstration of contingency plan samples Group discussion Documentary research Internet research Practical exercise on defining contingency plan

Flipchart Markers Pen Internet Reference books Case studies Role play scenarios Business plan Computer


194

Leads Customers

Marketing campaign strategy

Clear & concise calls-to-action.

Hyper-target to a niche Audience.

Create a story that speaks to all Medias.

Make it easy to Share. Inspire interaction. Use a memorable and repeatable Spokesperson.







Essay& Cases study True or false questioning

Sentence completion


Checklist Score

Yes No

Product promotion:


Regular employing targeted promotional and marketing campaigns

195

Aspects of product promotion

Elements/tools/piece of promotional plan

Promotional strategies

Establishing promotional mix/plan of marketing campaign

Aspects of marketing campaign

Observation

196

LU 4: Monitor and evaluate the business

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Prepare a daily report of business activities 2. Organize employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s

inquiries and needs 3. Consult to business plan

8 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1: Prepare a daily report of business activities

Meaning of business daily report

Purpose of business daily report

Format of daily report of business activities

Importance of business daily report to the business

Brainstorming on present the business plan Demonstration on present the business plan Practical exercise on present the business plan

Flipchart Markers Pen Internet Reference books Case studies play scenarios Computer





Clear preparation of a daily report of business activities


197


Written evidence


Essay& Cases study


Checklist Score

Yes No

Meaning of business daily report

Purpose of business daily report

Format of daily report of business activities

Importance of business daily report to the business

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2: Organize employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s inquiries

and needs

Meaning of effective employees’ meeting

Purpose of employee’s meeting

Meaning of customer inquiries and needs

Ways of gathering customer’s inquiries and needs

Steps of effective employee’s meeting

Setting meeting objectives

Preparing meeting requirements

Running employee’s meeting

Ways to make employee meeting more engaging

Brainstorming on communication of business plan, strategy and outcomes Role play on communication of business plan, strategy and outcomes

Flipchart Markers Pen Internet Reference books Case studies scenarios Computer Internet


198

Facilitate brainstorming session

Stand up Set meeting goals

together Offer incentives and

rewards Set a clear framework

in advance






Multiple choice

exercises

Essay& Cases study



Checklist Score

Yes No

Meaning of customer inquiries and needs

Ways to make employee meeting more engaging

Purpose of employee’s meeting

Ways of gathering customer’s inquiries and needs

Steps of effective employee’s meeting

Observation


Regular organization of employee’s meeting in accordance with customer’s

inquiries and needs

199

Learning Outcome 4.3: Consult to business plan

Purpose of business plan for the business

Purpose of consulting business plan during a business operations

Critical part of the business to be considered while running business

Identification of what to be consulted in your business plan

Using business plan as tool

Brainstorming on importance of presenting business plan. Role play on importance of presenting business plan.

Internet Reference books Case studies scenarios Computer Internet





Oral evidence Product evidence

Proposed tools: Observation checklist A produced consultation plan

Checklist Score

Yes No

Purpose of consulting business plan during a business operations

Critical part of the business to be considered while running business

Identification of what to be consulted in your business plan

Using business plan as tool

Observation


Regular consultation of business plan


200

Reference books:

Omagor, P. a. (2010). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level students.

Ssempijja, M. (2011). Entrepreneurship education for advanced level and business institutions, third

edition. Uganda: Kyambogo University.

SANGSTER, F. W. (2005). Bussiness accounting, tenth edition. UK: Pearson Education Limited.

Read more: http://www.businessdictionary.com/definition/breakeven-point.html

201

C C M I A 5 0 1 - INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT PROGRAM (IAP)

CCMIA50 1Integrate workplace


Credits: 30 300

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All


Purpose statement

This module describes the skills, knowledge and attitudes required to integrate the

students/internee in workplace for an industrial attachment program or employment. The

module will allow the learner to demonstrate supervisory skills at the workplace get briefed on

industrial attachment program and develop one’s competences on the workplace.

202


All the modules covered







1. Demonstrate supervisory skills 1.1 Proper exploration of industrial attachment policy. 1.2 correct identification of labor contracts 1.3 Proper identification of supervisor’s roles and

responsibilities. 1.4 correct preparation of technical report as supervisor 1.5 Appropriate filing of work related documents.

2. Get briefed on industrial attachment program

2.1 Proper setting of industrial attachment goals. 2.2 Proper description of IAP documents 2.3 Clear explanation on how IAP assessment is

conducted.

3. Develop one’s competences on the workplace

3.2 Expected competencies are fully developed. 3.3 Trainee logbook is completely and well filled. 3.4 Proper description of gained work experience.

203

LU 1: Demonstrate supervisory skills

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Explore industrial attachment policy. 2. Identify labor contracts 3. Identify supervisor’s roles and responsibilities. 4. Prepare a technical report as supervisor 5. File work related documents.

10 Hours

Learning Outcome1.1:Explore industrial attachment policy

National workplace policies and procedures.

International workplace policies and procedures.

o Group work on national workplace policies and procedures.

o Research on workplace policies and procedures in different countries

o Asking questions o Large group discussion

- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out





Written Essay (short responses and extended responses) Expose (presentation)


Proper exploration of industrial attachment policy.


Content

204

Oral

Checklist Score

Yes No

Industrial attachment policies

Definitions of labor contract

Types of labor contract

Differences among labor contracts

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Identify labor contracts

Utility of different embroidery material, equipment and tools

o Collection of materials and tool

o Observation of materials, tools, and equipment

o Group discussion on utility of different embroidery material, equipment and tools

See Learning Outcome 1.1





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Multiple choice True or false question Matching


Correct identification of labor contracts


205

Sentence completion Essay (short responses and extended responses

Expose (presentation)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify supervisor’s roles and responsibilities

Supervisor’s roles and responsibilities.

Coach Mentor Advocate for

organization Advocate for

employee

o Small group work o Individual work o Large group discussion o Pair work o Asking questions






Written evidence Essay (short responses and extended responses) Multiple choice


Proper identification of supervisor’s roles and responsibilities.


206

Oral evidence

True or false question Matching Sentence completion Expose (presentation) Question and answer

Checklist Score

Yes No

Possible roles and responsibilities of supervisor

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.4: Prepare a technical report as supervisor

Steps in making technical report

Gather the necessary information about professional activities

Explain the work you have done

Mention any problems you encountered and explain how you solved them

Specify what you hope to accomplish next workday.

o Research on steps in making technical report

o Asking questions o Small group work o Large group discussion




Correct preparation of technical report as supervisor


207




Written evidence

Product evidence

(Check list)

Essay (short responses and extended responses)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Well prepared Technical report

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.5: File work related documents

Different ways to file documents in a filing cabinet o Alphabetical o Category o Date o Numerical o Combination

Considerations in filing technics

o Group work on different ways to file documents

o Individual work o Large group discussion o Asking questions

- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard - Hand out on different ways to

file documents



Appropriate filing of work related documents.


208




Written evidence

Product evidence

Essay (short responses and extended responses)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Completed checklist on documents filing

Different ways to file documents

Observation

209

LU 2:Get briefed on industrial attachment program

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set industrial attachment goals 2. Describe IAP documents 3. Explain how IAP assessment is conducted

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Set industrial attachment goals

Goals of industrial attachment

o Group discussion on the IAP goal

o Research on the IAP goals o Asking questions o Individual work on the setting

of own IAP goals

- Hand out on industrial attachment goals.

- Text books - Notebooks - Pens - Chalkboard





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Essay (short responses /extended responses) Multiple choice True or false question Question and answer


Proper setting of industrial attachment goals


Content

210

Checklist Score

Yes No

List of possible industrial attachment goals

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Describe IAP documents.

IAP Logbooks: IAP list of competencies to be

developed IAP attendance sheet IAP agreement IAP report form IAP Evaluation form IAP interview form

o Presentation by trainees and trainer

o Small group work on the interpretation of IAP logbooks

o Exercise on the completion of IAP logbooks

o Asking questions o Guided learning on how to

complete IAP logbooks

- Logbooks -





Written evidence


Multiple choice True or false question Question and answer


Proper description of IAP documents


211

Checklist Score

Yes No

Essential elements of IAP documents

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Explain how IAP assessment is conducted.

Written tests

Performance evidence(marked by company supervisor)

Respond to interview questions

o Presentation by trainees and trainer

o Discussion on IAP assessment is conducted

o Asking questions

- Vocational tools - Task sheets -





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Essay (short responses /extended responses) Expose (presentation)

Checklist Score

Yes No


Clear explanation on how IAP assessment is conducted


212

Explanation of IAP procedures

Observation

213

LU 3: Develop one’s competences on the workplace

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Develop competencies related to one’s field. 2. Fill Trainee logbook. 3. Describe gained work experience

285 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Develop competencies related to one’s field.

Various activities / tasks related to one’s field.

o Perform various activities / tasks related to one’s field.

- -Vocational tools related to one’ field





Expected competencies are fully developed.


214


Written evidence

Product evidence

Checklist Score

Yes No

List of well performed activities/ tasks given by industry (checklist)

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Fill Trainee logbook.

IAP reports

IAP Evaluation

IAP interview

o Complete trainee logbook

- -logbooks





Written evidence

Product evidence


Trainee logbook is completely and well filled


215

Checklist Score

Yes No

List of well performed activities/ tasks given by industry (checklist)

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Describe gained work experience

Work experience related to one’s field.

o Presentation

- Questionnaires containing questions related to work experience.





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Essay (short responses / extended responses) Expose (presentation)

Checklist Score

Yes No

Brief presentation of experience gained during the industrial attachment period


Proper description of gained work experience.


216

Observation

Reference books:

1. http://www.differencebetween.net/business/difference-between-factory-and-industry/

2. https://www.capitalfm.co.ke/campus/students-5-things-you-need-to-do-to-secure-an-attachment/

3. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/purpose-organizational-structure-3812.html

4. http://iamanentrepreneur.in/guru-gyan/importance-mapping-organisation-structure/

5. https://www.edrawsoft.com/why-use-orgchart.php

6. http://open.lib.umn.edu/strategicmanagement/chapter/9-3-creating-an-organizational-structure/

7. http://www.differencebetween.com/difference-between-company-and-vs-industry/

8. https://hbr.org/2014/11/to-encourage-innovation-make-it-a-competition

9. http://www.innovationmanagement.se/2012/11/09/does-encouraging-creativity-in-the-workplace-

improve-innovation/

10. http://smallbusiness.chron.com/different-ways-file-documents-filing-cabinet-57513.html

11. https://www.thebalance.com/creating-a-document-management-system-2948084

12. http://www.wow.com/wiki/Technical_writing?s_chn=70&s_pt=source2&s_gl=US&v_t=content

13. https://bizfluent.com/how-5093085-write-daily-report.html

14. https://resources.workable.com/supervisor-job-description

15. https://ischool.syr.edu/infospace/2017/07/20/tips-overcoming-Industrial Attachment Program

(IAP)-challenges/

16. https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Frank_Twenefour/publication/272370787_Industrial_Trainin

g_Programmes_of_Polytechnics_in_Ghana_The_Pertinent_Issues/links/55056a6e0cf24cee3a046df8

/Industrial-Training-Programmes-of-Polytechnics-in-Ghana-The-Pertinent-Issues.pdf

17. https://toughnickel.com/misc/Challenges-faced-by-interns-Problems-commonly-found-in-Industrial

Attachment Program (IAP)s

18. Adu peproh J., Frank.B.K Twenefour (2015) industrial training program of polytechnics in Ghana: the

pertinent issues, Ghana

http://www.differencebetween.net/business/difference-between-factory-and-industry/

https://www.capitalfm.co.ke/campus/students-5-things-you-need-to-do-to-secure-an-attachment/

http://smallbusiness.chron.com/purpose-organizational-structure-3812.html

http://iamanentrepreneur.in/guru-gyan/importance-mapping-organisation-structure/

https://www.edrawsoft.com/why-use-orgchart.php

http://open.lib.umn.edu/strategicmanagement/chapter/9-3-creating-an-organizational-structure/

http://www.differencebetween.com/difference-between-company-and-vs-industry/

https://hbr.org/2014/11/to-encourage-innovation-make-it-a-competition

http://www.innovationmanagement.se/2012/11/09/does-encouraging-creativity-in-the-workplace-improve-innovation/

http://www.innovationmanagement.se/2012/11/09/does-encouraging-creativity-in-the-workplace-improve-innovation/

http://smallbusiness.chron.com/different-ways-file-documents-filing-cabinet-57513.html

https://www.thebalance.com/creating-a-document-management-system-2948084

http://www.wow.com/wiki/Technical_writing?s_chn=70&s_pt=source2&s_gl=US&v_t=content

https://bizfluent.com/how-5093085-write-daily-report.html

https://resources.workable.com/supervisor-job-description

https://ischool.syr.edu/infospace/2017/07/20/tips-overcoming-internship-challenges/

https://ischool.syr.edu/infospace/2017/07/20/tips-overcoming-internship-challenges/

https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Frank_Twenefour/publication/272370787_Industrial_Training_Programmes_of_Polytechnics_in_Ghana_The_Pertinent_Issues/links/55056a6e0cf24cee3a046df8/Industrial-Training-Programmes-of-Polytechnics-in-Ghana-The-Pertinent-Issues.pdf



https://toughnickel.com/misc/Challenges-faced-by-interns-Problems-commonly-found-in-internships

https://toughnickel.com/misc/Challenges-faced-by-interns-Problems-commonly-found-in-internships

217

G N E G P 5 0 1 - GENERAL PHYSICS

GENGP501 Apply general physics

REQF Level: All Learning hours

Credits: 6 60

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All


Purpose statement

This general module describes the knowledge, skills, and attitude required to apply concepts of physics.

At the end of this module, the trainee will be able to describe source of energy, motion in orbits,

communication system, climate change and greenhouse effect. He/she will also be able to apply

Newton’s laws and Kepler’s Laws; apply refractive index and total internal reflection in optical fibers.

This module will facilitate the trainee to perform well his/her tasks. It will be useful to trainee to be

prepared to perform well in higher education or analyze data and solve problems in the sciences and

engineering, as well as in economics and public policy.

218


Not applicable







1. Characterize sources of energy in

the world

1.1. Proper identification of types of energy according

to the sources

1.2. Accurate description of extraction and creation

of energy based on sources

1.3. Proper analysis of relative advantages and

disadvantages of various energy sources

according to the sources.

2. Describe motion in orbits

2.1 Clear application of gravitation based on

Newton’s law

2.2 Accurate explanation of planetary motion

according to Kepler’s laws

2.3 Proper description of satellites and rockets

according their motion in orbits

3. Categorize Mobile phone and

radio communication.

3.1 Proper interpretation of concepts based on

transmission system

3.2 Clear description of principle of cellular radio and

Structure of cellular network

3.3 Adequate identification of types of modulations

(AM, FM, and PM) based on communication

systems

3.4 Clear description of Post, telegraph and

telephone (PTT) according to telecommunication

4 Describe Climate change and

Greenhouse effect.

4.1 Clear Description of intensity of the sun’s radiation reaching planets based on climate change

4.2 Clear explanation of Greenhouse effect according to climate change

4.3 Proper explanation of climate change and relate

219

facts based on concept of physics

5 Describe Earthquakes, Tsunami,

floods landslides and cyclone

5.1 Clear description of Causes of earthquakes,

Tsunami, floods landslide and cyclone on earth

‘surface

5.2 Proper determination of effect of earthquakes on

environment based on earth ‘surface

5.3 Accurate Understanding of Safety and

emergency measure son earth ‘surface

6 Describe optical fibre in

telecommunication systems

6.1 Clear description of principle of operation of

optical fibers according to physical properties of

light

6.2 Proper identification of the types of optical fiber

based on the composition of optical fiber

6.3 Accurate description of mechanism of

attenuation in an optical fiber according to the

working principle of optic fiber

6.4 Clear description of optical transmitter and

optical receiver according to transmitter system

220

LU 1: Sources of Energy in the world

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify types of energy according to the sources 2. Describe extraction and creation of energy based on sources 3. Analyze relative advantages and disadvantages of various energy

sources according to the sources 4. relative advantages and disadvantages of various energy sources

according to the sources 7 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify types of energy according to the sources

Description of energy:

Definition of source of energy

Identification of sources of energy: Renewable

Biomass, biogas, geothermal, wood waste, hydropower, wind, solar

Non-renewable Crude oil (

petroleum) Natural gas, Coal Nuclear energy

o Discuss in groups and present on renewable and non-renewable energy sources.

o Search internet for details on world energy resources.

- Pictures - Video, - Projector - Computer - Internet



221




Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning

Checklist Score

Yes

No

Indicator: Source of energy is well defined:

Indicator: Types of source energy are well identified

Renewable energy

Non-renewable energy

Observation

Learning Outcome1.2: Describe extraction and creation of energy based on sources

Explanation of two sources of energies:

Renewable energy. Non-renewable energy.

Creation of energy.

o Discuss in groups and present

on extraction and creation of

renewable and non-renewable

energy sources.

- Pictures

- Video,

- Projector

- Computer



Content


Proper identification of types of energy according to the sources

222




Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: source of energies are well explained:

Renewable energy

Non-renewable energy

Indicator: Creation of source energies is well explained:

Creation of renewable energy

Creation of non –renewable

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Analyze relative advantages and disadvantages of various energy

sources according to the sources

Advantages and disadvantages of Non- renewable (fossil fuel) energy :

Oil coal natural gases

Advantages and disadvantages of

o Discuss in groups and present on advantages of renewable energy sources.

o Discuss in groups and present on Disadvantages of renewable energy sources.

o Discuss in groups and present on advantages of

- Video,

- Projector

- Internet - Books



Accurate description of extraction and creation of energy based on sources

223

renewable sources: Wind Solar Geothermal hydropower

non-renewable energy sources.

o Discuss in groups and present on non-renewable energy sources.





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Advantages of fossil fuel are well analyzed:

Oil

coal

natural gases

Indicator: Disadvantages of fossil fuel are well analyzed:

Oil

coal

natural gases

Indicator: Advantages of renewable sources are well analyzed:

Wind

Solar

Geothermal

Hydropower

Indicator: Disadvantages of renewable sources are well analyzed:

Wind

Solar


Proper analysis of relative advantages and disadvantages of various energy

sources according to the sources

224

Geothermal

Hydropower

Observation

225

LU 2:Motion in orbits

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply gravitation based on Newton’s law 2. Explain planetary motion according to Kepler’s laws 3. Describe satellites and rockets according their motion in

orbits

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply gravitation based on Newton’s law

Definition of orbit motion

Description of Newton’s law:

State of Newton ‘s law of gravitation

Properties of gravitational force

Application of Newton’s law of gravitation

o Brainstorming o Group discussion o research Search internet

for details on planetary motion

- Internet - Video - Reference books - Picture - Computer -





Clear application of gravitation based on Newton’s law


Content

226


Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:orbit motion is well defined

Indicator:Newton’s law of gravitation is well described:

Newton ‘s law of gravitation is stated

Newton ‘s law of gravitation is applied

Properties of gravitational force are explained

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2 : Explain planetary motion according to Kepler’s laws

Definition of Planetary motion

Description of Kepler ‘laws:

Kepler ‘laws.

Application of Kepler ‘laws.

o Use simulators to

demonstrate

Kepler’s laws of

planetary motion

and present

o In working in

groups discuss

Kepler’s laws of

planetary motion

and present

summary

o Search internet for

details on

planetary motion

- Books

- Internet

- Picture

- Projector

- Video


227





Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Problem solving on kepler’s laws

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: planetary motion is well defined

Indicator: Kepler’s laws are well described :

Kepler’s laws are stated

Kepler’ laws are applied

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Describe satellites and rockers according to their motion Power

Definition of Rockets

Description of Spacecraft propulsion: Its characteristics

Classification of

o Discuss in groups cosmic velocities and present findings.

o Work in groups to compute problems related to

- Books

- Internet

- Picture

- Projector

- video



Accurate explanation of planetary motion according to Kepler’s laws

228

spacecraft propulsion: Chemical propulsion Electric propulsion Nuclear propulsion

Description of Satellites: Types of satellites

orbits

Explanation of three Cosmic velocities: First cosmic velocity Second cosmic velocity Third cosmic velocity

planetary motion and cosmic velocities.

o Search internet for details on planetary motion





Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Problem solving on cosmic velocities

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Rocket is well defined

Rocket

Indicator: Spacecraft propulsion is well described

Spacecraft propulsion is defined

Spacecraft propulsion are characterized

Indicator: propulsion systems are well classified

Nuclear propulsion

Chemical propulsion

Electric propulsion

Indicator: Satellite is well defined


Proper description of satellites and rockets according their motion in orbits

229

Satellite

Indicator: Types of satellites are well explained:

Geo-stationary earth orbit

Medium Earth orbit

Low earth orbit

Highly elliptical orbit

Indicator: Cosmic velocities are well explained

First cosmic velocity

Second cosmic velocity

Third cosmic velocity

Observation

230

LU 3: Mobile phone and radio communication

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Interpret concepts based on transmission system 2. Describe principle of cellular radio and Structure of cellular

network. 3. Identify types of modulations (AM, FM, and PM) based on

communication systems. 4. Describe Post, telegraph and telephone (PTT) according to

telecommunication

9 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Interpret concepts based on transmission system

Explanation of transmission

system.

Description of terms used in

transmission system:

Transmitter

Channel

Receiver

Digital communication

Analog

communication

o Role play

o Group discussion

o Presentation

- Books

- Internet

- Picture

- Projector

- video





Proper interpretation of concepts based on transmission system


231


Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Transmission system is well defined:

Transmission system

Indicator : Terms used in transmission system are well described:

Transmitter

Chanel

Receiver

Digital communication

Analog communication

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Describe Principle of cellular radio and Structure of cellular network.

Explanation of cellular radio.

Illustration of structure of cellular network.

Explanation of principle of cellular radio

Explanation of cellular network.

Research internet

Work in groups and assemble

simple cellular radio.

- Books

- internet

- projector

- videos



232




Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: cellular radio is well explained:

Cellular radio

Indicator: Structure of cellular network is well illustrated:

Cellular network

Indicator: Principle of cellular radio is well explained:

Principle of cellular radio

Indicator: Principle of cellular network is well explained:

Principle of cellular network

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Identify types of modulations (AM, FM, and PM) based on

communication systems.

Definition of modulation.

Explanation of types of

modulation:

Frequency modulation

Amplitude modulation

Phase modulation

o Group discussion o Role play o Presentation o Role play in groups about

types of modulation

- Books

- internet

- Radio



Clear description of principle of cellular radio and Structure of cellular network

233





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:modulation is well defined:

Modulation

Indicator: Types of modulation are well explained

Amplitude modulation

Phase modulation

Frequency modulation

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.4: Describe Post, telegraph and telephone (PTT) according to telecommunication

Explanation of postal,

telegraph and telephone

services :

Postal

Telegraph

Telephone

o Group discussion o Role play in groups o Presentation o Discuss difference in

telephone and radio systems.

- Electric wires, - microphone, - loudspeaker.



Adequate identification of types of modulations (AM, FM, and PM)

based on communication systems

234





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Postal, telegraph and telephone services are well explained:

Postal

Telegraph

Telephone

Observation


Clear description of Post, telegraph and telephone (PTT) according to

telecommunication.

235

LU 4: Climate change and Greenhouse effect.

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe intensity of the sun’s radiation reaching planets on climate change

2. Explain Greenhouse effect according to climate change 3. Explain climate change and relate facts based on the concepts of

physics 7 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1: Describe intensity of the sun’s radiation reaching planets based on climate change

Definition of black body radiation

Description of Intensity of the sun’s radiation and Albedo Definition of intensity of the sun’s

radiation Definition of Albedo Application of formula of Albedo

Factors affecting planet’s Albedo: Clouds Oceans Thick vegetation covers or

forested areas Surface Albedo.

o Brainstorming o Group work o Presentations

- Reference books - Internet - Scenario

- Environmental journals





Clear Description of intensity of the sun’s radiation reaching

planets based on climate change


236


Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Black body radiation is well defined:

black body radiation

Indicator :intensity of the sun’s radiation is well described:

Intensity of the sun’s radiation well defined

Albedo is well defined

Formula of Albedo is well applied

Indicator : Factors affecting Earth’s Albedo are well explained:

Clouds

Oceans

Thick vegetation covers or forested areas

Surface Albedo

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2: Explain Greenhouse effect according to climate change

Definition of Greenhouse gases

Explanation of Impact of greenhouse effect on climate change:

Global warming

Explanation of Human activities causing global warming Burning of fossil fuel Deforestation Agriculture

Explanation of Natural activities causing Global warming:

Volcanicity Ocean currents

o In group discuss and present on the application of energy from greenhouse effect

o Search internet for information on climate change and greenhouse effect

o Fieldwork: visit a greenhouse and report

o Investigate sources of major greenhouse gases .

- Books - Internet - Scenario - Computer - Greenhouse - Environmental

journals


237





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Greenhouse gases are well defined:

Greenhouse gases

Indicator: Impact of greenhouse effect are explained:

Greater strength of extreme weather events

Increasing number and size of forest fires

Rising sea levels

Melting of glaciers and polar ice

Increasing acidity in the ocean, resulting in bleaching of coral reefs and damage To oceanic wildlife

Indicator:Human activities causing global warming are well explained:

Burning of fossil fuel

Deforestation

Agriculture

Indicator: Human activities causing global warming are well explained:

Volcanicity

Ocean currents

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.3: Explain climate change and relate factsbased on concept of physics


Clear explanation of Greenhouse effect according to climate change

238

Explanation of Climate change related facts:

climate lag Climate model

climate feedback

Explanation of Causes of climate.

o Discus in groups causes of climate change

o Search internet for information on climate change.

- books - Internet

- Greenhouse, Environmental journals.





ten evidence

Written evidence

Multiple choice questions True-False questions Matching Presentation

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Climate change and relate facts are well explained:

Climate change

Climate lag

Climate model

Climate feedback

Indicator: Causes of climate change are well explained:

burning large amounts of fossil fuels

deforestation

Observation


Proper explanations of climate change and relate facts based on concept of physics


239

LU 5: Earthquakes, Tsunami, floods landslides and cyclone

5

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe Causes of earthquakes, Tsunami, floods landslide 2. and cyclone based on surface of the earth 3. Determine effect of earthquakes on environment based on the

surface the earth. 4. Describe safety and emergency measures based on the surface of

the earth 7 Hours

Learning Outcome 5.1: Describe Causes of earthquakes, Tsunami, floods landslide and cyclone

based on surface of the earth.

Definition of: Earthquakes Tsunami, Floods Landslide Cyclone.

Explanation of causes of: Earthquakes Tsunami Floods Landslide Cyclone.

o Brainstorming o Presentations o Research o Work in groups simulate

earthquakes, flood, tsunami, cyclone etc

o Carry out internet search for causes of earthquakes, Tsunami and landslides on the environment

o In groups, discuss relationship of physics concepts to occurrence of earthquakes, landslide, floods and tsunami

Seismometers,

Journals and scientific reports

Computer simulation software



Description of Causes of earthquakes, Tsunami, floods landslide and cyclone

based on earth ‘surface


240




Written evidence Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Earthquakes , Tsunami , Floods , landslides and cyclones are well defined:

earthquakes

Tsunami

floods

landslides

Cyclone

Indicator: Causes of earthquakes , Tsunami , Floods , landslides and cyclones are well listed:

earthquakes

Tsunami

Floods

landslides

Cyclones

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.2: Determine effect of earthquakes on environment based on surface of

earth

Explanation of effects of earthquakes on environment: geological faults, volcanic activity, landslides, mine blasts.

o Group discussion o Group presentation o Carry out internet

search for occurrence and impact of earthquakes on environment.

- Environment - Simulations software, - Journals and scientific

reports, - pluviometer, - Thermometer.


241





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Effects of earthquakes on environment are well explained:

Geological faults

Volcanic activity

Landslides

Mine blasts

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.3: Identify safety and emergency measures based on surface of the earth

Identification of safety and emergency measures on an earthquake:

Preventive measures Control measures Adaptive measures

Illustration of safety and emergency measures on landslides:

Preventive measures

o Work in groups o Groups discussion o Carry out internet

- seismometers, - journals and

scientific reports , - computer simulation

software



Proper determination of effect of earthquakes on environment

based on surface of the earth

242

Control measures Adaptive measures

Illustration of safety and emergency measures on cyclones:


Illustration of safety and emergency measures on Floods:






Written evidence

Multiple choice questions True-False questions Matching

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: safety and emergency measures of earthquakes are well illustrated :

Preventive measures

Control measures

Adaptive measures

Indicator: safety and emergency measures of landslides are well illustrated :

Preventive measures

Control measures

Adaptive measures


Accurate identification of Safety and emergency measures based on surface of

the earth

243

Indicator: safety and emergency measures of cyclones are well illustrated :

Preventive measures

Control measures

Adaptive measures

Indicator: safety and emergency measures of floods are well illustrated :

Preventive measures

Control measures

Adaptive measures

Observation

244

LU 6: Application of optical fibre in telecommunication systems

6

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe the principle of operation of optical fibers according to physical properties of light

2. Identify types of optical fiber based on the composition of optical fiber

3. Describe mechanism of attenuation in an optical fiber according to the working principle of optical fiber

4. Describe Optical transmitter and optical receiver. According to transmission system

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 6.1: Describe the principle of operation of optical fibres according to

physical properties of light

Description of optical fiber Definition of optical

fiber Layers that make

up an optical fibre: Core Cladding Coating

Illustration of the structure of an optical fibre

Explanation of refraction index of light:

Refractive index

Formula of refractive index

Explanation of total internal reflection:

o Group discussion o Roles play. o Search internet o Solving problems on

refractive index and total internal reflection

- Books - Internet - Simulation


245

Total internal reflection

Formula of critical angle





Written evidence

12Hours

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Problem solving on critical angle and refractive index

Checklist Score

Yes

No

Indicator: Optical fibre is defined:

Definition of optical fiber

Indicator: Layers made up on optical fibre:

Core

Cladding

Coating

Indicator: The structure of optical fibre is illustrated:

the structure of optical fibre is illustrated

Indicator: refractive index of light is explained

refractive index

formula of refractive index

Indicator: Total internal refraction is explained

Total internal refraction

Formula of critical angle

Observation


Clear description of principle of operation of optical fibres according to physical

properties of light

246

Learning Outcome 6.2: Identify types of optical fiber based on the composition of optical fiber

Identification of types of optical fibre:

Single mode, Multimode Special

purpose

Illustration of structure of types of optical fibre

o Brainstorming o Group work o Presentation o Role play

- Books - Internet - Simulation





Written

evidence

E


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Types of optical fiber is explained :

Single mode optical fiber

Multiple mode optical fiber

Special purpose optical fiber

Indicator: Structures of types of optical fibre are illustrated

the structure of single mode optical fiber

the structure of multiple mode optical fiber

the structure of special purpose optical fiber


Proper identification of the types of optical fiber based on the

composition of optical fiber


247

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.3: Describe mechanism of attenuation in an optical fibre according to the

working principle of optical fiber.

Definition of attenuation

Factors causing attenuation

Description of Light: Light scattering Light absorption

Explanation of measures to avoid attenuation:

Repeaters Regenerators Optical amplifiers

o Group discussion o Group presentation o Research internet

- Books - Internet - Repeaters, - regenerators, - switches, - spicing, - receivers, - transmitters, - light sources - fibre cables.





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Attenuation is defined :

Definition of attenuation

Indicator: Factors causing attenuation are explained:

factors causing attenuation

Indicator :Light scattering and absorption are described:


Accurate description of mechanism of attenuation in an optical fiber

according to the working principle of optic fiber


248

light scattering

light absorption

Indicator :Measures avoiding to reduce attenuation are explained:

Repeaters

Regenerators

Optical amplifiers

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.4: Describe Optical transmitter and optical receiver according to

transmitter system

Explanation of Optical transmitter and optical receiver.

Explanation of Light emitting diode and laser diode.

Explanation of Photodiode.

The optical receivers

Transmitter and receiver block

Illustration of communication mechanism (transmitter, receiver blocks)

Description of advantages and disadvantages of optical fibre are described

o Group discussion. o Roles play. o Search internet

- Books - Internet - Computer - Simulation





Clear description of optical transmitter and optical receiver

according to transmitter system

Resources Learning

aactivities

Content

249


Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Optical transmitter and optical receiver are well explained:

Optical transmitter

Optical receiver

Indicator :light emitting diode and laser diode are well explained:

Light emitting diode ( LEDs)

Laser diode

Differentiation of light emitting diode and Laser diode

Indicator :photodiode is explained :

Photodiode

Indicator: Communication mechanism (transmitter, receiver blocks) are well illustrated:

Transmitter block

Receiver block

Indicator: advantages and disadvantages of optical fibre are described

Advantages of optical fiber

Disadvantages of optical fiber

Observation

250

Reference books:

1. E school today. (2008-2018). Retrieved February 19, 2018, from natural disasters: http

2. Avison, J. (1989). The world of PHYSICS. Cheltenham: Thomas Nelson and Sons Ltd.

3. Chand, S., & S.N., G. S. (2003). Atomic Physics (Modern Physics) (1 ed.). India.

4. CPMD. (2015). Advanced Level Physics Syllabus. Kigali: REB.

5. Cunningham, & William, P. (2000). Environmental science (6 ed.). Mc Graw-Hill.

6. Cutnell, J. D., & Johnson, K. W. (2006). Essentials of Physics. USA: John Wlley &Sons, Inc.

7. Cutnell, J. D., & Johnson, K. W. (2007). Physics. (7 ed.). USA: John Wiley; Sons, Inc

8. Cuttnell, J. D., & kennety, W. J. (2007). Physics (7 ed.). United State of America: John Willey

&Sons . Inc

9. Douglass, C. G. (2014). PHYSICS, Principles with applications. (7 ed.). Pearson Education

10. Douglass, C. G. (2014). PHYSICS, Principles with applications. (8 ed.). Pearson Education.

11. Duncan, T., & Kennett, H. (2000). Advanced Physics (5 ed.). London, UK: Holder Education.

12. Giancoli, D. (2005). PHYSICS: Principles with applications. New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.

13. Giancoli, D. C. (2005). Physics principals with application. Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458: Pearson

Education, Inc.

14. Giancoli, D. C. (2005). Physics: principals with application. Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458:

Pearson Education, Inc.

15. MIDIMAR. (2012). Disaster High Risk Zones on Floods and Landslide. Kigali: MIDMAR

16. Office, U. M. (2011). Warming: A guide to climate change. U.K.: Met Office Hadley Centre.

17. Randall, D., & Knight. (2004). Physics for scientists and engineers: Strategic approach (Vol. 2).

San Francisco: Pearson Education.

18. Randall, D., & Knight. (2004). Physics for scientists and engineers: Strategic approach. (Vol. 3).

San Fransisco: Pearson Education, Inc.

19. Randall, D., & Knight. (2008). Physics for scientists and engineers: Strategic approach. (2 ed., Vol.

3). San Francisco: Pearson Education, Inc.

20. REMA. (n.d.). Rwanda Second National Communication under the UNFCCC. KIGALI: MINISTRY OF

NATURAL RESOURCES, RWANDA

21. Science, G. (2006). Florida Physical Science with Earth Science. USA: Mc Graw Hill Glencoe

Companies, Inc.

22. Serway, R. A. (1986). Physics for Scientists and Engineers (2 ed.). Saunders College Publishing.

23. IPCC. (1996). Economics of Greenhouse Gas limitation, Main report “Methodological Guidelines.

24. John, M. (2009). Optical Fiber Communications, Principals and Practice (3rd Ed.). London:

Pearsnon Prentice Hall.

25. Tipler, P. A. (1991). Physics for Scientists and Enginners. (3 ed., Vol. 1). USA: Worth Publishers,

Inc

251

G E N A M 5 0 1 - MATHEMATICS

GENAM501 Apply mathematics


Credits: 7 70

Sector: All

Sub-sector: All


Purpose statement

This general module describes the knowledge, skills and attitude required to apply mathematics. At the

end of this module, the trainee of Level Five will be able to apply fundamentals oftrigonometry, complex

numbers and determine with analysis numerical functions. He/she will also be able to apply

fundamentals of differentiation, natural logarithmic and exponential functions, integration, measure of

dispersion and interpret bivariate data. As Mathematics is a tool of different fields, this module will be

useful to trainee as a means of both measuring and improving their understanding of Mathematics and

he/she will be prepared to perform well in higher education or anywhere in any fields that require some

knowledge of mathematicsas well as working in design, maintenance of electricity work, financial and

economics, good performance in critical thinking, and so on.

252


Not applicable



Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the learning unit.



1. Apply fundamentals of trigonometry 1.1. Appropriate description of angles based on rotating an initial side, about a fixed point to terminal considered position.

1.2. Appropriate determination of trigonometric ratios based on isosceles right angled triangle and equilateral triangle.

1.3. Appropriate description of trigonometric identities based on comparison of trigonometric ratios of two defined angles.

1.4. Perfect solving of trigonometric equations based on trigonometric ratios.

1.5. Appropriate solving of a given triangle based on Pythagorean Theorem and trigonometric ratios.

2. Apply fundamentals of complex numbers

2.1. Adequate description of complex numbers based on calculation process.

2.2. Proper application of operations on complex numbers based on calculationstheory.

2.3. Perfect calculation of complex numbers in polar form based on modulus and argument of given complex numbers.

3. Determine and analyze numerical functions

3.1. Accurate determination of the domain and range of numerical function based on existence condition.

3.2. Adequate identification of symmetry (parity) of numerical function based on definitions of key words

253

(even and odd).

3.3. Perfect determination of limits of a function based on theory of calculating limits.

3.4. Accurate determination of the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions based on limits calculation.

4. Apply fundamentals of differentiation

4.1. Proper determination of derivative from given definition.

4.2. Adequate interpretation of derivative of a function by illustrating a curve with its tangent and secant line.

4.3. Appropriate application of derivative based on definitions and calculation of derivatives.

4.4. Accurate curve sketching of a numerical function from the table of variation of the given function.

5. Apply natural logarithmic functions

5.1. Proper determination of the domain of natural logarithmic functions based on existence conditions.

5.2. Accurate calculation of limit of natural logarithmic functions based on logarithmic properties.

5.3. Appropriate solving of equations involving logarithms based on domain of validity.

5.4. Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions according to differentiation definition.

5.5. Accurate curve sketching of logarithmic functions based on table of variation.

6. Apply exponential functions

6.1. Accurate determination of the domain of definition of function based on existence condition.

6.2. Adequate calculation of limit of exponential functions based on properties of exponentials.

6.3. Appropriate determination of solutions of exponential equations according to domain of validity.

6.4. Perfect differentiation of exponential functions

254

based on definition of derivative.

6.5. Adequate curve sketching of exponential functions according to the table of variation.

7. Apply fundamentals of integrals

7.1. Proper determination of primitive functions based on definition.

7.2. Proper calculation of definite integrals based on definition.

7.3. Proper application of definite integrals through sketching and calculations.

8. Identify measures of dispersion and interpret bivariate data

8.1. Accurate determination of measures of dispersion according to definitions and calculations.

8.2. Appropriate identification of bivariate data measures based on definitions and calculations.

8.3. Appropriate determination of regression line based on calculations and plotting.

255

Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe angles

Angle definition Rotation

Angles measurement Radian Degree

Units conversion

Pythagorean theorem

o Practical exercises on rotation

o Group discussion on rotation

o Documentary Research

- Ruler - Compass - Protractor - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet




LU 1: Apply fundamentals of trigonometry

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe angle 2. Determine trigonometric ratios 3. Apply trigonometric identities 4. Solve trigonometric equations 5. Solve triangle

5 Hours


Appropriate description of angles based on rotating an initial side, about a

fixed point to terminal considered position


256


Written evidence Open questions

Multiple questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Angle is well defined

Rotation of a point through a given angle is well done

Application of required direction orientation

Definition of radian is well given

Definition of degree is well given

Indicator: Angles are accurately measured

Measurements in radians are accurately done

Measurements in degrees are accurately done

Indicator: Units conversion is accurately done

Conversion of radians into degrees is accurately done

Conversion of degree into radians is accurately done

Indicator:Pythagorean theorem is well applied

Calculation of hypotenuse given the 2 sides of the right triangle is accurately done

Calculation of a side of the right triangle given hypotenuse and one of its other sides is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Determine the trigonometric ratios

Definition of

trigonometric ratios

Sine

Cosine

Tangent

Cosecant

Secant

cotangent

Calculation of

o Group discussion on


o Illustration of right triangle and

isosceles triangle

o Practical activity on trigonometric

ratios for special angles

o Documentary research

- Ruler - T-square - Protractor - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet


Content

257

trigonometric ratios of

special angles

030

045

060





Written

Open questions

Matching questions

Multiple questions

Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Trigonometric ratios are defined

Definition of sine is well given

Definition of cosine is well given

Definition of tangent is well given

Definition of cosecant is well given

Definition of secant is well given

Definition of cotangent is well given

Indicator: Calculation of trigonometric ratios of special angles is done

Calculation of Trigonometric ratios of 030 is accurately done


Appropriate determination of trigonometric ratios based on isosceles right

angled triangle and equilateral triangle

258



Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Apply trigonometric identities

Relationship between

trigonometric ratios of some

angles

Complementary

angles

Supplementary angles

Trigonometric ratios of Sum or

difference of two angles

Sine

Cosine

Tangent

Trigonometric ratios of double

angle

Sine

Cosine

Tangent

o Brainstorming on trigonometric identities

o Practical exercises on trigonometric identities

o Internet research

- Ruler - T-square - Protractor - Scientific calculator - Books - Hand-out notes - Internet



Appropriate description of trigonometric identities based on comparison of

trigonometric ratios of two defined angles


259




Written evidence

Open questions

Multiple questions

Short question

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Comparison between trigonometric ratios of complementary angles is done

Sine for Complementary angles is properly determined

Cosine for Complementary angles is properly determined

Tangent for Complementary angles is properly determined

Indicator: Comparison between trigonometric ratios of supplementary angles is done

Sine for supplementary angles is properly determined

Cosine for supplementary angles is properly determined

Tangent for supplementary angles is properly determined

Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of Sum of two angles are identified

Sine of sum of two angles is properly determined

Cosine of sum of two angles is properly determined

Tangent of sum of two angles is properly determined

Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of difference of two angles are identified

Sine of difference of two angles is properly determined

Cosine of difference of two angles is properly determined

Tangent of difference of two angles is properly determined

Indicator:Trigonometric ratios of double angle are identified

Sine of double angle is properly determined

Cosine of double angle is properly determined

Tangent of double angle is properly determined

Observation

260

Learning Outcome 1.4: Solve trigonometric equations

Solution of equations reducible to the form

sin , 1x k k

cos , 1x k k

tan x b

sin nx k

cosnx k

Solution of equation of the form

sin cosa x b x c

o Brainstorming on different forms of trigonometric equations

o Practical exercises on different forms of trigonometric equations


- Mathematics books - Scientific calculator - Internet





Written evidence

Open questions

Multiple questions

Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:The given equation is correctly solved

Solution of Equation reducible to the form sin , 1x k k is accurately

found

Solution of Equation reducible to the form cos , 1x k k is accurately

found


Perfect solving of trigonometric equations based on trigonometric ratios


261

Solution of Equation reducible to the form tan x b is accurately found

Solution of Equation reducible to the form sin nx k is accurately found

Solution of Equation reducible to the form cosnx k is accurately found

Solution of Equations of the form sin cosa x b x c is accurately found

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.5: Solve triangle

Methods of solving triangle

Sine law Cosine law

o Brainstorming on trigonometric ratios and Pythagorean theorem

o Practical exercises on different forms of triangle equations


- Mathematics books - Scientific calculator - Internet





Written evidence

Open questions

Short questions


Appropriate solving of a given triangle based on Pythagorean Theorem and



262

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Sine law is well applied

Determination of a side of a triangle given one of its sides and two of its corresponding angles is accurately done

Determination of angles of a triangle given its three corresponding sides and one of its angle appropriately done

Indicator:Cosine law is well applied

Determination of a side of a triangle given its opposite angle and two of its other sides accurately done

Determination of angles of a triangle given its three sides is appropriately done

Observation

263

LU 2: Apply fundamentals of complex numbers

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Conceptualize complex numbers 2. Operate on complex numbers 3. Perform calculations of complex numbers in polar form

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1 :Conceptualize complex numbers

Description of complex numbers

Definition and properties of ' 'i Real part Imaginary part

Set of complex number

Geometric representation of a complex number

Argand diagram

o Group discussion on imaginary number

o Practical exercises on representation of a complex number


- Books - Internet - Hand-out notes





Adequate description of complex numbers based on calculation process


Content

264


Written evidence Multiple choice questions Open questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Concept of a complex number is achieved

Definition of imaginary number ' 'i is well given

Application of properties of ' 'i is appropriately done

Identification of real part of a complex number is appropriately given

Identification of imaginary part of a complex number is appropriately given

Definition of a set of complex numbers is well given

Indicator:Geometric representation of a complex number is done

Location of a point in Argand diagram is appropriately done

Location of a vector in Argand diagram is appropriately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Operate on complex numbers

Calculations in , ,

Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division Modulus of a complex number Square roots of a complex

number

Solving equations in Quadratic equations

o Group discussion on operations on complex numbers

o Practical exercises on

solving equation in o Documentary Research




Proper application of operations on complex numbers based on calculations

theory


265

Assessor may collect among the following evidences and make judgements on whether the performance criterion has been achieved.


Written evidence

Short question on calculation Open questionson calculations in the field of complex number

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Calculations in , , is well performed

Addition is well done

Subtraction is well done

Multiplication is well done

Division is well done

Modulus of a complex number is accurately determined

Square roots of a complex number is accurately determined

Indicator:Solutions of given equations are properly found

Solving quadratic equations in is well done

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3 :Perform calculations of complex numbers in polar form

Definitions Argument of a complex number Polar form of a complex number

Calculations Polar form of product and

quotient of two complex numbers Power of complex number in

polar form De Moivre’s theorem Changing a complex number from

polar form to algebraic form and vice versa

o Group discussion on set of complex number

o Practical exercises o Documentary Research



266




Written evidence

Multiple questions on determination of argument of a complex number

Open questions on determination of complex number’s polar form

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Argument is defined

Determination of argument of a complex number is appropriately done

Indicator:Polar form is accurately indicated

Polar form of a given complex number is properly determined

Indicator:Calculation is performed

Determination of polar form of a product of two complex numbers is appropriately done

Determination of polar form of a quotient of two complex numbers is appropriately done

Calculation of a power of complex numbers in polar form is accurately done

Application of De Moivre’s formula is properly done

Change from polar form to algebraic form is properly done

Change from algebraic form to polar form is properly done

Observation


Perfect calculation of complex numbers in polar form based on modulus and argument of given complex numbers

267

U 3: Determine and analyze numerical functions

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Determine the domain and range of numerical function

2. Identify the symmetry of numerical function

3. Determine limits of a function

4. Determine the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Determine the domain and range of numerical function

Definitions Existence

condition Domain of

definition of a function

Range of a function

Calculations Domain of

definition of a function

Range of a function

o Group discussion on existence condition

o Practical exercises determination of domain and range of a function





Content

268




Written evidence Short questions Open questions Matching

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Definition is well given

Concept of domain of definition (all allowed inputs) is properly given

Concept of range (all possible outcomes) is properly given

Indicator:Calculation is accurately done

Determination of domain of definition is appropriately done

Determination of range is appropriately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Identify the symmetry of numerical function

Even function

Odd function

o Group discussion symmetry of

numerical function

o Pairing work






Accurate determination of the domain and range of numerical function based on

existence condition

269




Written evidence Open questions Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Parameters that influence symmetry are well identified

Identification of even function

Identification of odd function

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Determine limits of a function

Finite limits

Infinite limits

Limit at infinity

Indeterminate case

0

0

0


calculation of limits

o Pairing work

o Practical exercises on calculation of limits





Adequate identification of symmetry (parity) of numerical function based on

definitions of key words (even and odd)

270





Written evidence

Open questions Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Determination of limit is well done

Finite limits are accurately determined

Infinite limits are accurately determined

Limit at infinity are accurately determined

Indeterminate case are accurately determined

Indicator:Determination of limit for indeterminate case is accurately performed

0

0

0

Observation


Perfect determination of limits of a function based on theory of calculating limits

271

Learning Outcome 3.4: Determine the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial functions

Definitions

Boundaries of

domain of

definition

Horizontal

asymptote

Vertical asymptote

Oblique

asymptote

Calculations

Horizontal

asymptote

Vertical asymptote

Oblique

asymptote

o Pairing work on boundaries of

domain of definition

o Practical exercises on different

types of asymptotes








Accurate determination of the asymptotes to the rational and polynomial

functions based on limits calculation


272

Written evidence

Open questions

Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Definition is well given

Definition of Boundaries of domain of definition is properly given

Definition of Horizontal asymptote is perfectly given

Definition of Vertical asymptote is perfectly given

Definition of Oblique asymptote is perfectly given

Indicator:Calculation is accurately done

Determination of Horizontal asymptote is appropriately done

Determination of Vertical asymptote is appropriately done

Determination of Oblique asymptote is appropriately done

Observation

273

U 4:Apply fundamentals of differentiation

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Determine derivative of a function 2. Interpret derivative of a function 3. Apply derivative 4. Sketch an accurate curve of a function

15 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1:Determine derivative of a function

Definition of derivative

Calculation of derivatives Derivative of function at a given point

Derivative of a polynomial function

Derivative of a rational function

Derivative of an irrational function

Successive derivatives

o Group discussion on derivative of function






Proper determination of derivative from given definition


Content

274


Written evidence

Open questions Short questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Definition is given

Definition of derivative is well given

Indicator : Calculation is well performed

Calculation of derivative of a function at a given point is accurately done

Calculation of derivative of a polynomial function is accurately done

Calculation of derivative of a rational function is accurately done

Calculation of derivative of an irrational function is accurately done

Calculation of successive derivative is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2 :Interpret derivative of a function

Geometric interpretation of a derivative of a function at a point

Kinematical meaning of a derivative

o Group discussion on derivative function






Written evidence Short questions


Adequate interpretation of derivative of a function by illustrating a curve with its

tangent and secant line


275

Open questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Interpretation of derivative is correctly given

Geometric interpretation of a derivative is correctly given

Kinematical meaning of a derivative is correctly given

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.3:Apply derivative

Tangent and normal at a point of a function

Increasing and decreasing function

Maximum and minimum points of a function

Concavity, inflection point on a curve

o Group discussion on differentiation of function

o Practical exercises on different applications of derivative






Written evidence

Short questions Open questions


Appropriate application of derivative based on definitions and calculation of

derivatives


276

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Application of derivative is accurately done

Determination of tangent at a point of a function is properly done

Determination of increasing interval is appropriately done

Determination of decreasing interval is appropriately done

Calculation of Minimum point of a function is accurately done

Calculation of Maximum point of a function is accurately done

Determination of concavity of a curve is appropriately done

Determination of inflexion point on a curve is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.4:Sketch an accurate curve of a given function

Parameters required Variation table Additional points

Curve sketching Curve sketching of

polynomial function Curve sketching of rational

function Curve sketching of

irrational function

o Group discussion on different types of function

o Practical exercises on curves sketching


- Ruler - Scientific

calculator - Pencil - Books - Internet - Hand-out notes





Accurate curve sketching of a numerical function from the table of variation of

the given function


277

Written evidence

Short questions Open questions Curve sketched

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Parameters that influence curve skecthing are well established

Construction of table of variation is appropriately done

Choice of additional points is appropriately done

Indicator : Curve sketching is accurately done

Curve sketching of polynomial function is properly done

Curve sketching of rational function is properly done

Curve sketching of irrational function is properly done

Observation

278

U 5: Apply natural logarithmic functions

5

Learning Outcomes:

1. Determine the domain of definition of natural logarithmic

functions

2. Calculate limit of natural logarithmic functions

3. Solve equations involving logarithms

4. Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions

5. Sketch the curve of logarithmic functions

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 5.1: Determine the domain of definition of natural logarithmic functions

Existence conditions

Boundaries

Domain of definition

o Brainstorming on existence condition

o Pairing in determining the boundaries of domain of definition

o Group work on determination of domain of definition

- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet



Proper determination of the domain of natural logarithmic functions based on

existence conditions


279




Written evidence

Short questions

Open questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Existence condition is appropriate to the given function

Determination of existence conditions is well given

Indicator: Determination of domain is accurate

Determination of boundaries of domain of definition is perfectly done

Deduction of domain of definition is correctly done

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.2: Calculate limit of natural logarithmic functions

Properties of logarithms

Finite limits

Limits at infinity

Deduction of Asymptotes

o Brainstorming on calculation of limits

o Documentary Research o Group work in determining

asymptotes equations

- Reference books - Internet - Hand-out notes





Accurate calculation of limit of natural logarithmic functions based on

logarithmic properties


280


Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Calculation is perfectly done


Limits at infinity are well identified

Indicator:Deduction/ Calculation of asymptotes is appropriately done

Vertical asymptotes is appropriately determined

Horizontal asymptotes is appropriately determined

Oblique asymptotes is appropriately determined

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.3: Solve equations involving logarithms

Domain of validity

Solving logarithmic equations

Set of solutions

o Brainstorming on domain of validity and solution set of logarithmic equation

o Group discussion on solving logarithmic equations







Appropriate solving of equations involving logarithms based on domain of

validity


281


Written evidence

Short questions Open questions Solving equations

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Application of properties of logarithms is well performed

Application of properties of logarithms is properly done

Indicator: Domain of validity is accurately mentioned

Determination of domain of validity is accurately done

Indicator: Solving logarithmic equation is well done

Solutions of logarithmic equations are accurately given

Identification of domain of validity and set of solutions is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.4: Differentiate natural logarithmic functions

Differentiation

Increasing and decreasing intervals

Concavity

o Brainstorming on differentiation

o Group discussion on differentiating natural logarithmic functions

o Pairing work on increasing or decreasing intervals and concavity for logarithmic functions.




Perfect differentiation of natural logarithmic functions according to

differentiation definition


282




Written evidence

Short questions

Open question

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Determination/ calculation is well performed

Calculation of First derivative

Identification of increasing intervals

Identification of decreasing intervals

Determination of maximum points

Determination of minimum points

Calculation of second derivative

Identification of concavity

Determination of inflection points

Observation

Learning Outcome 5.5: Sketch the curve of logarithmic functions


Curve sketching

o Brainstorming variation table

o Group discussion on how to choose additional points

o Pairing work on curve sketching


- Ruler - Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet



283




Written evidence

Short questions Open questions Curve sketched

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Parameters that influence curve sketching are well identified

Presentation of variation table is properly done

Selection of additional points is properly done

Indicator: Curve sketched is accurate

Presentation of asymptotes if any is properly done

Plotting the curve is properly done

Observation


Accurate curve sketching of logarithmic functions based on table of variation

284

U 6: Apply exponential functions

6

Learning Outcomes:

1. Determine the domain of exponential functions

2. Calculate limit of exponential functions

3. Solve equations involving exponentials

4. Perfect differentiation of exponential functions

5. Sketch the curve of exponential functions

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 6.1: Determine the domain of exponential functions

Existence conditions

Boundaries

Domain of definition

o Brainstorming domain and range of exponential function

o Group work on determination of domain of definition of exponential function








Accurate determination of the domain of definition of function based on

existence condition


285

Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Existence condition is appropriate to the given function

Existence conditions are appropriately indicated

Indicator: Determined domain is appropriate

Determination of boundaries of domain of definition is properly done

Deduction of domain of definition is perfectly done

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.2: Calculate limit of exponential functions

Finite limits

Limits at infinity

Deduction/ calculation of Asymptotes

o Brainstorming on calculating limits

o Documentary Research o Group work on determination

of asymptotes

- Hand-out notes - Reference books - Internet





Written evidence



Adequate calculation of limit of exponential functions based on properties of

exponentials


286

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Limits calculation is perfectly done


Limits at infinity are properly found

Indicator:Deduction/ Calculation of asymptotes is appropriate

Horizontal asymptotes are appropriately determined

Vertical asymptotes are appropriately determined

Oblique asymptotes are accurately determined

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.3: Solve equations involving exponentials

Properties of exponentials

Domain of validity

Solving equations involving exponentials

Set of solutions

o Discussion on domain of validity

o Group work on solving exponential equations


Hand-out notes

Reference books

Internet





Written evidence

Short questions Open questions Solving equations


Appropriate determination of solutions of exponential equations according to

domain of validity


287

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Application of properties of exponentials is well performed

Application of properties of exponentials is properly done

Indicator: Domain of validity is accurately mentioned

Determination of domain of validity is appropriately done

Indicator: Solving exponential equation is well done

Solutions of exponential equations are appropriately found

Identification of domain of validity and set of solutions is properly done

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.4: Differentiate exponentials functions

Differentiation


Concavity

o Brainstorming differentiation

o Group discussion on increasing and decreasing intervals

o Pairing work on concavity o Documentary Research

Hand-out notes

Reference books

Internet






Perfect differentiation of exponential functions based on definition of derivative


288

Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Determination/ calculation is well performed

First derivative


Maximum or minimum points

Second derivative

Concavity

Inflection points

Observation

Learning Outcome 6.5: Sketch the curve of exponential functions


Curve sketching

o Brainstorming on variation table

o Group discussion on curve sketching


Hand-out notes

Reference books

Internet





Written evidence Open questions Sketching curve


Adequate curve sketching of exponential functions according to the table of

variation


289

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Parameters that influence curve sketching are well identified

Presentation of variation table

Selection of additional points

Indicator: Curve sketched is accurate

Presentation of asymptotes if any

Plotting the curve

Observation

290

Learning Outcome 7.1:Calculate the primitive functions

Definition

Properties Continuity of primitive function Set of primitive functions Immediate primitive

Techniques of integration Integration by decomposition Integration by change of variable Integration by parts

o Group discussion on primitive function




LU 7: Apply fundamentals of integrals

7

Learning Outcomes:

1. Calculate the primitive functions 2. Calculate definite integrals 3. Apply definite integrals

15 Hours


Proper determination of primitive functions based on definition


291



Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Definition of primitive function is given

Definition of primitive function is well given

Indicator: Properties of primitive functions are applied

Calculation of integrals by using properties of primitive functions is accurately done

Indicator:Tecnique of integration is appropriately used

Integrals calculation by Immediate primitive

Integrals calculation by change of variable

Integrals calculation by decomposition

Integrals calculation by parts

Observation

Learning Outcome 7.2:Calculate definite integrals

Definition

Methods of integration Integration of definite integrals by

change of variable Integration of definite integrals by

decomposition Integration of definite integrals by

parts

o Group discussion on definite integral




292




Written evidence

Multiple choice questions Open questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Definition of definite integral is given

Definition of definite integral is well given

Indicator:Tecnique of integration is appropriately applied

Integration of definite integrals by parts is perfectly done

Integration of definite integrals by decomposition is perfectly done

Integration of definite integrals by change of variable is perfectly done

Observation

Learning Outcome 7.3:Apply definite integrals

Calculation of area

Calculation of volume

Calculation of the length of curved surface

o Group discussion on definite integral and its application





Proper calculation of definite integrals based on definition

293




Written evidence

Short questions Open questions Curve sketching

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Application of definite integrals is conveniently performed

Calculation of area using definite integrals is properly done

Calculation of volume using definite integrals is properly done

Calculation of curved surface using definite integrals is properly done

Observation


Proper application of definite integrals through sketching and calculations

294

LU 8: Identify measures of dispersion and interpret bivariate data

8

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify the measures of dispersion 2. Describe the measures of the bivariate data 3. Determine the regression line

5 Hours

Learning Outcome 8.1:Identify the measures of dispersion

Variance

Standard deviation

Coefficient of variation

o Group discussion on measures of dispersion

o Practical exercises standard deviation and coefficient of variation






Written evidence Short questions Open questions


Accurate determination of measures of dispersion according to definitions and calculations


295

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Definition of a measure of dispersion is well given

Definition of Variance is well given

Definition of Standard deviation is well given

Indicator : Calculation of a given measure of dispersion is perfectly done

Calculation of Variance is accurately done

Calculation of Standard deviation is accurately done

Calculation of Coefficient of variation is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 8.2:Describe the measures of the bivariate data

Correlation

Covariance

Coefficient of correlation

o Group discussion on correlation

o Practical exercises on covariance and coefficient of correlation






Written evidence



Appropriate identification of bivariate data measures based on definitions and

calculations


296

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Definition of a given measure of bivariate data is well given

Definition of Correlation is well done

Definition of Covariance is well done

Indicator : Calculation of a given measur of bivarriate data is correctly done

Calculation of Covariance is accurately done

Calculation of Coefficient of correlation is accurately done

Observation

Learning Outcome 8.3:Determine the regression line

Definitions Scatter diagram Regression line

Calculation and plotting of regression line

o Group discussion on scatter diagram

o Practical exercises on equation of regression line






Written evidence

Short question Open questions


Appropriate determination of regression line based on calculations and plotting


297

Reference books:

1. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2015). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Four. Kigali: Fountain.

2. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2016). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Five. Kigali: Fountain.

3. Ngezahayo, E. P. (2017). Advanced Mathematics for Rwanda Secondary Schools. Learners’ Book Senior Six. Kigali: Fountain.

4. Shampiona, A. (2005). Mathématique 6. Kigali: Rwanda Education Board 5. J. Sadler, D. W. S. Thorning (1987). Understanding Pure Mathematics, Oxford University Press. 6. Arthur Adam, Freddy Goossens and Francis Lousberg (1991). Mathematisons 65, DeBoeck, 3rd

edition. 7. David Rayner (2000). Higher GCSE Mathematics, Oxford University Press.

8. DPES- RWANDA (1990). Complexes 5th, Livre de l’élève. IMPRISCO-Kigali. 9. Frank Ebos, Dennis Hamaguchi, Barbana Morrison & John Klassen (1990), Mathematics

Principles & Process, Nelson Canada A Division of International Thomson Limited . 10. George B. Thomas, Maurice D. Weir & Joel R. Hass (2010), Thomas’ Calculus Twelfth Edition,

Pearson Education. 11. J CRAWSHAW, J CHAMBERS (1984).A concise course in A-Level statistics with worked examples,

Stanley Thornes (Publishers) LTD. 12. Peter Smythe (2005).Mathematics HL & SL with HL options, Revised Edition, Mathematics

Publishing Pty. Limited.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Definition is given

Scatter diagram is properly defined

Regression line is properly defined

Indicator : Graphical presentation is accurate

Presentation of scatter diagram is properly done

Plotting regression line on scatter diagram is appropriately done

Observation

298

PLBBT501 - B A S I C TOPOGRAPHY

PLBBT501 Apply Basic Topography


Credits: 5 50



Issue date:November 2014

Purpose statement

This core module describes the skills, knowledge and attitude to be acquired by the learner to

apply Basic topography; Identify tools and instrument of surveying, perform leveling, distance

and angle measurements

299


N/A







1. Identify tools and instrument of

surveying

1.1. Proper selection of surveying instruments and tools

1.2. Adequate application of surveying instruments and

tools

1.3. Proper storage of surveying instruments and tools

4. Perform leveling 4.1. Suitable setting out of leveling instruments

according to air bulb

4.2. Proper reading on leveling staff

4.3. Correct filling of field notebook

4.4. Proper computation of reduced levels

4.5. Proper checking of errors

5. Perform distance and angle

measurements

5.1. Suitable setting out of instrument for angle

measurement

5.2. Proper reading of angles

5.3. Correct filling of field notebook

5.4. Proper computation of reduced levels and

angles(trigonometric calculation)

5.5. Proper checking of errors

300

LU 1:Identify tools and instrument of survey

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Select surveying instruments and tools 2. Apply surveying instruments and tools 3. Store surveying instruments and tools

10h Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Select surveying instruments and tools

Introduction to topography Definition Classification of

topography

Type of tools Measuring tools Marking tools Cutting tools

Types of instruments Total station Theodolite Dumpy Level GPS

leveling Staff

o Observations on surveying

instruments and tools

o Group discussion on surveying


o Brainstorming on surveying


- Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob -Measuring tools -Marking tools -Cutting tools



Proper selection of surveying instruments and tools


301




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence


Multiple choice exercises Essay Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Measuring tools are selected

Ruler

Tape measure

Staff reading

Indicator:Marking tools are selected

Scriber

Paint

Barrier tape

Pegs

Indicator:Cutting tools are selected

Machete

Saw

Indicator:Topographic instruments are selected

Total station

Theodolite

Dumpy Level

GPS

Observation

302

Learning Outcome1.2:Apply surveying instruments and tools

Application of surveying instruments and tools: Horizontal distance Vertical distance Angle measurement Altitude Surface Volume

Operate with GPS Switch on GPS configuration

Selection of coordinate systems

Selection of projection

Collection of data Download of data Data processing Data analysis Production of maps

o Group discussion on surveying


o Brainstorming on surveying


o Practical exercises

-Total station -Level and rod -Theodolite -Tape measure -Total station - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Computer with software





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence




Adequate application of surveying instruments and tools


Content

303

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Surveying instruments and tools are applied

Horizontal distance is read accurately

Vertical distance is read accurately

Angle measurement is read accurately

Altitude is read accurately

Surface is calculated accurately

Volume is calculated accurately

Indicator:GPS is used

Switchingis done

GPS configuration is done

Collection of data is done

Download of data is done

Data processing is done

Data analysis is done

Production of maps is done

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Store surveying instruments and tools

Handling techniques

Arrangement order

Cleaning methods

o Group discussion on storing

surveying instruments and

tools

o Brainstorming on storing


tools

o Practical exercise on storing


tools

-Total station -Level and rod -Theodolite -Tape measure -Total station - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - Tape measure - Height Meter

- Plumb bob


304





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Handling techniques

Carrying position of tripod

Position of theodolite in the box

Position of dumpy level in the box

Carrying the instrument over the site

Indicator:Arrangement order

Disassembly of the instrument components

Removal of battery in total station

Arrangement of total station components in the box

Indicator:Cleaning methods

Cleaning off dust

Cleaning off rain water

Observation


Proper storage of surveying instruments and tools

305

LU 2:Perform leveling

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Setting out of leveling instruments according to air bulb 2. Read leveling staff 3. Fill field notebook 4. Compute reduced levels

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Setting out of leveling instruments according to air bulb

Definition for Leveling

Type of leveling

setting out of leveling instruments process

o Practical exercise on setting out of leveling instruments


setting out of leveling

instruments

o Brainstorming on setting

out of leveling instruments

Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Pegs - String



Suitable setting out of leveling instruments according to air bulb


Content

306




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Types of leveling

Simple levelling is performed

Differential reveling is performed

Indicator:setting out of levelling instruments process

Levelling up the tripod head is done

Fixing the instrument over the tripod is done

Levelling up the instrument is done

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Read leveling staff

Types of leveling staff

self-reading rods (sometimes called speaking rods)

Target rods

Types of stadia: Upper reading Medium reading Lower reading

o Practical exercise on read leveling staff

o Group discussion on read

leveling staff

o Brainstorming on read leveling staff

o Observations on read leveling staff

o Demonstration by video

on reading leveling staff

- Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning -Receiver


307

- Pegs - String - Notebook





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Types of leveling staff

Reading on self-reading rods(sometimes called speaking rods) is done

Reading on Target rods is done

Indicator:Types of stadia:

Upper reading is read

Medium reading is read

Lower readingis read

Observation


Proper reading on leveling staff

308

Learning Outcome 2.3:Fill field book

Booking format

Method of booking and reducing the elevation of points Height of the Plane of

collimation (HPC )method:

Height of Instrument(HI)

Back sight (BS) Foresight (FS) Intermediate sight

(IS) Change point (CP)

Rise and fall method

o Practical exercise on field booking

o Group discussion on field

booking

o Brainstorming on field booking

- Notebook - Paper - Calculator - Pen - Dumpy Level - Leveling Staff - Plumb bob -Books





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence




Correct filling of field notebook


309

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Booking format

Booking format is done

Indicator:Height of the Plane of collimation (HPC )method:

Back sight (BS)

Foresight (FS)

Intermediate sight (IS)

Change point (CP)

Height of the Plane of collimation (HPC)

Indicator: Rise and fall methods


Back sight (BS)

Foresight (FS)


Change point (CP)

Rise

Fall

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.4: Compute reduced levels

Two

methods used for

computation of reduced

levels:


Rise & fall

o Practical exercise on computing reduced levels

o Brainstorming on computing reduced levels

o Group discussion about computing reduced levels

-Paper - Calculator - Pens



310




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Methods used for computation of reduced levels:


Rise & fall

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.5: Check errors

Sources

of errors:

Personal errors Instrument errors Natural errors

Calculation of errors

o Brainstorming on mistakes and errors

o Group discussion about mistakes and errors

o Demonstration on how mistakes and errors occurs

-Paper -Calculator -Pens -Dumpy Level -Leveling Staff -Plumb bob -Calculator




Proper computation of reduced levels and angles (trigonometric calculation)

311




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Sources of errors:

Personal errors

Instrument errors

Natural errors

Indicator: Calculation of errors

Closing error computation is done

Correction of error is done

Observation


Proper checking of errors

312

LU 3:Perform distance and angle measurements

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set out instrument for angle measurement 2. Read of angles 3. Fill field notebook 4. Compute reduced levels and Vertical angles

20h Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Set out instrument for angle measurement

setting out of angle measuring instruments process

Types of angles: Vertical angles horizontal angles

o Practical exercise on setting out of angle measuring instruments process

o Group discussion on setting out of angle measuring instruments process

o Brainstorming on setting out of angle measuring instruments process

o Demonstration by video on

setting out of angle measuring

instruments process

- Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning - Receiver - Pegs - String -Books



Suitable setting out of instrument for angle measurement


313




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Angles are measured

Vertical angles

horizontal angles

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Read of angles

Position of instrument Turning of instrument

o Practical exercise on angle

reading

o Group discussion on angle

reading

o Brainstorming on angle reading.

- Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning - Receiver - Pegs - String


314





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Position of instrument

Instrument setup

Indicator:Turning of instrument

Face changing

Face left

Face right

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Fill field book

Leveling measurement Height of Instrument(HI) Back sight (BS) Foresight (FS) Intermediate sight (IS) Change point (CP)

o Practical exercise on filling of

field notebook

o Group discussion on filling of

field notebook

- Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors



Proper reading of angles

315


Book format Vertical and horizontal

angles

Angular measurements Back bearing angle Fore bearing angle

o Brainstorming on filling of field

notebook

o Demonstration by on filling of

field notebook

- leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning - Receiver - Pegs - String





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Leveling measurement


Back sight (BS)

Foresight (FS)


Change point (CP)


Book format

Vertical and horizontal angles

Indicator:Angular measurements

Back bearing angle

Fore bearing angle


Correct filling of field notebook

316

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.4:Compute reduced levels and Vertical angles

Pythagorean theorem

Trigonometric calculations

Two methods used for computation of reduced levels: Height of the Plane of

collimation (HPC) Rise & fall

o Practical exercise on

how to compute of

reduced levels and

angles

- Calculator - Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning - Receiver - Pegs - String





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence




Proper computation of reduced levels and angles (trigonometric

calculation)


317

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Pythagorean theorem

Pythagorean triangle (3-4-5)

Indicator:Trigonometric calculations

Sine rules

Cosine rules

Indicator: Methods used for computationof reduced levels


Rise & fall

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.5:Check errors

Source

s of errors:

Personal errors/Random errors

Instrument errors Natural errors/Systematic

errors

Calculation of errors

o Brainstorming on mistakes and errors

o Group discussion about mistakes and errors

o Demonstration on howmistakes and errors occurs

-Calculator - Total station - Theodolite - Dumpy Level - GPS - Surveying Tripods - Reflectors - leveling Staff - Tape measure - Height Meter - Plumb bob - Satellite positioning - Receiver - Pegs



Proper checking of errors


318




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Sources of errors

Personal errors/Random errors

Instrument errors

Natural errors/Systematic errors

Indicator:Calculation of errors

Closing error computation is done

Correction of error is done

Observation

319

Reference:

Saikia; et al. (30 Oct 2010). Surveying. PHI Learning. ISBN 8120339851.

Dr. B.C Punmia and Ashok Kumar Jain. (2014). "Levelling". A text book of Surveying Vol. 1.

Mahun, Jerry. "Electronic Distance Measurement". Jerrymahun.com. Archived from the original on 29

July 2014. Retrieved 20 July 2014.

Lewis, M. J. T. (23 April 2001). Surveying Instruments of Greece and Rome. Cambridge University

Press. ISBN 9780521792974. Retrieved 30 August 2012.

Kahmen, Heribert; Faig, Wolfgang (1988). Surveying. Berlin: de Gruyter. p. 9. ISBN 3-11-008303-5.

Retrieved 10 August 2014.

Pugh J C (1975), Surveying for Field Scientists, Methuen, 230pp, ISBN 0-416-07530-4

Genovese I (2005), Definitions of Surveying and Associated Terms, ACSM, 314pp, ISBN 0-9765991-0-4.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Standard_Book_Number

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/8120339851

https://web.archive.org/web/20140729013241/http:/jerrymahun.com/library/Distance/a.htm

http://jerrymahun.com/library/Distance/a.htm

https://books.google.com/books?id=1Izau5_ihmsC



https://books.google.com/books?id=5AFNBqbiLzoC&printsec=frontcover&dq=surveying&hl=en&sa=X&ei=_jHnU6G6J87zoASz84CwBg&ved=0CDsQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&q=surveying&f=false


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/3-11-008303-5





320

P L B C E 5 0 1 - COST ESTIMATION

PLBCE501 Estimate the cost


Credits: 5 50




Purpose statement

This module describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a small budget. They can

keep basic business financial records.

321


N/A


Learning units describe the essential outcomes of a competence


of the learning unit. By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:


1.Examine the work 1.1. Proper determination of the work extent

1.2. Proper analysis of complexity of the work

1.3. Proper identification of the location where the work

will be performed

1.4. Accurate determination of the work duration

2. Determine required resources 2.1. Proper identification of materials needed

2.2. Proper determination of quantities in terms of size and

shape

2.3. Proper identification of quality of materials needed

2.4. Proper determination of human resource required

3. Calculate the cost estimation 3.1. Proper survey on actual prices of materials and human

resources

3.2. Accurate determination of unit and total prices of each

item

3.3. Precise calculation of the labor cost considering taxes,

transport, equipment, benefit and other charges

3.4. Neat filling in the bill of quantities of layout

3.5. Accurate preparation of invoice

322

LU 1:Examine the work

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Determine the work extent 2. Analyze the complexity of the work 3. Localize the working place. 4. Determine the work duration

10Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Determine the work extent

Determination of work extent:

Working place

Duration

Outdoor location (External)

Indoor location (internal)

Complexity

Maintenance cost

o Brainstorming on dimension determination

o Group discussion on analysis of the work

o Physical demonstration of

work analysis

- Books - Handout - Measuring tools - Calculator - Note book - Writing device

Determination of dimension: Length Width Height Thickness Accuracy Clearness Completeness



Content

323

Assessor may collectamong the following evidences and make judgements on whether the



Written evidence

Multiple choices exercises

Matching Exercises

True or false questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Determination of the work extent is done

Working place

Duration

Outdoor Location

Indoor location

Complexity

Indicator: Determination of dimension

Length

Height

Width

Thickness

Accuracy

Clearness

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Analyze the complexity of the work



Proper determination of the work extent

324

Analysis of complexity of the work: Quantity of materials:

Shape (Size….) Unity

Quality of materials Used specification

Human Resources materials Labor availability Availability of funds

o Brainstorming on accurate work done

o Group discussion on analysis of the work

o Physical demonstration of work analysis

- Books - Handout - Measuring tools - Calculator - Note book - Writing device - Internet - Computer





Written evidence

Multiple choices exercises

Matching Exercises


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Quantity of materials

Shape (Size…)

Specification

Indicator: Quality of material

Types of materials

Indicator: Human Resources

Availability of labor

Availability of funds

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Localize the working place


Proper analysis of complexity of the work

325

Working location Indoor location Outdoor location Out-country location

o Brainstorming on factors to locate the working place

o Group discussion on factors to locate the working place

- Handout - Places - Note book - Writing device





Written evidence Matching Exercises

Essay

Multiple Choices

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Working location

Outdoor location

Indoor location

Out-Country location

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.4: Determine the work duration



Proper identification of the location where the work will be performed


326

Steps of work duration determination Time of each task Determination of

concurrent tasks Total time

Estimate work duration Productivity hours per day How many resources on

each activity Available work days Delays and lag-times

(effort hours) Resources constraint

(activities done sequentially or parallel)

Maintenance days

o Brainstorming on time allocation of different tasks

o Group discussion on time allocation of different tasks

o Practical exercises on time allocation of different tasks

- Scenarios - Calculator - Note book - Writing device





Written evidence Multiple choices

Matching exercises

Essay

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Steps of work duration

Time of each task

Determination of concurrent tasks

Total time

Indicator : Estimate work duration

Productivity hours per day

How many resources on each activity

Available work days

Delays

Resources constraint


Proper identification of the location where the work will be performed

327

Observation

LU 2:Determine required resources

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Quantify materials 2. Identify the quality of materials 3. Determine human resources

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Quantify materials

Identification of materials Type of materials

Quantities of materials in terms of size and shape;

Measurements Linear measurement Areas Cubic contents (Volume)

Profiles

Method of calculating quantities of materials:

Centre line method Crossing method Long wall-short wall

o Brainstorming on materials quantities

o Group discussion on quantity identification

- Calculator - Note book - Writing device - Proforma invoice - Plan view - Tape measures - Rulers - Internet - computer


Content

328

method Bay method Service unit method





Written evidence Multiple choices

Matching exercises

Essay

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Quantities of materials in terms of size and shape

Linear measurement

Areas

Cubic contents

Indicator: Method of calculating quantities of materials

Centre line method

Crossing method

Bay method

Unit service method

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Identify the quality of materials



Proper identification of materials needed

329

Quality of material needed: Specification of material Description of material Material testing

o Brainstorming on condition of the quality of materials

o Group discussion on condition of the quality of materials

o Practical exercises in laboratory

- Books - Handout - Measuring tools - Note book - Writing device - Internet - Computer - laboratory





written evidence Product evidence

Multiple choices

Practical exercises in laboratory

Matching exercises

Essay

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Quality of materials identification

Specification of material

Description of material

Material testing

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Determine human resources


Proper determination of quantities in terms of size and shape

330

Factors for human resource determination: Variety of tasks Extent of work Duration of work Emergency work Working place

Labor classification: Skilled 1st class Skilled 2nd class Unskilled

o Brainstorming on factors to determine human resource required

o Group discussion on factors to determine human resource required

o Practical exercises

- Calculator - Handout - Places - Note book - Writing device





written evidence

evidence

Multiple choices

Matching exercises

Essay

Checklist Score

Yes

No

Indicator: Human ressource determination Factors

Variety of tasks

Extent of work

Duration of work

Emergency work

Working place

Indicator: Labor classification

Skilled 1st class

Skilled 2nd class

Unskilled


Proper identification of quality of materials needed


331

Observation

332

LU 3:Calculate the cost estimation

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Actualize the prices 2. Determine the units and total costs of materials 3. Perform calculation of charges and benefits 4. Fill in bill of Quantities 5. Prepare invoice

30 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Actualize the prices

Cost Survey Prices:

Materials survey prices Window shopping (comparison) Proforma invoice

Human Resources survey prices (Window shopping (comparison)

Equipment survey prices (Window shopping (comparison)

Transport Survey prices (Window shopping (comparison)

Price Survey methodology: Proforma format Survey templates

o Brainstorming on prices o Group discussion on factors

to fix the cost. o Discussion on surveying the

prices and survey methodology

- Books - Handout - Places - Note book - Writing device - Sample

questions/proforma - Internet - Computer



Proper survey on actual prices of materials and human resources


333




Written evidence

evidence

Multiple choices Matching exercises Essay True or false questions Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Cost Survey prices

Materials

Equipment

Human resources

Transportation

Indicator: Price survey methodology

Proforma Invoice

Survey templates

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Determine the units and total costs of materials

Determination of units and total prices of each item: Cost per unit measures

Per Cubic meter Per square meter Per linear meter Per unit of mass Per pieces Lump sum

Total cost Unit price x quantity of each item

o Brainstorming in determining the units and total costs

o Group discussion cost unit and total cost determination

- Calculator - Note book - Writing device - Pro forma invoice - Internet - Computer - Pens & pencils - Books - Drawings


334





Written evidence

evidence

Multiple choices

Matching exercises

Essay


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Units and total prices

Cost per unit measures

Total cost

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Perform calculation of charges and benefits

Calculation of charges and benefits/Price unit breakdown: The Labor Cost Material cost Maintenance cost Taxes Equipment Benefits Transport Other Charges

Calculation of grand total cost

Layout for bill of quantities

o Brainstorming on calculating the charges benefits and grand total

o Group discussion on bills of quantities

o Exercises on calculations of charges, price unit breakdown and grand total

- Calculator - Note book - Writing device - Pro forma invoice - Books - Internet - Computer - Pens & pencils



Accurate determination of unit and total prices of each item

335





Written evidence

evidence

Multiple choices Matching exercises Essay True or false questions

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Calculation of charges ,benefits and grand total

Labor cost

Taxes,

Transport,

Equipment,

Maintenance cost

Benefits

Other Charges

Observation


Precise calculation of the labor cost considering taxes, transport, equipment,

benefit and other charges

336

Learning Outcome 3.4: Fill in bill of Quantities

Types of Bill of quantities:

Firm bill of quantities: used to obtain lumpsum price of a project

Approximate bill of quantities: contain provisional quantities

Specified bill of quantities: contain items and its specification

o Brainstorming on

calculating the charges benefits and grand total

o Group discussion on bills of quantities

o Exercises on filling in bill of quantities

- Calculator - Note book - Writing device - Pro forma invoice - Pens& Pencils - Internet - Computer - Books

Bill of quantities contents: Item Number Item description Unit of measures on each item Quantities of each item

Calculation of total quantities

Layout for bill of quantities





Written evidence

evidence

Fill in bill of quantities Multiple choices Matching exercises Essay True or false questions Sentence completion


Neat filling in the bill of quantities of layout


337

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Types of bill of quantities

Firm bill of quantity

Approximate bill of quantity

Specified bill of quantity

Indicator: Bill of quanitites content

Item number

Item description

Unit of measures

Quantities of each item

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.5: Prepare invoice

Types of invoice: Proforma invoice Interim invoice Recurring /Service invoice Past due invoice Final Invoice Advance invoice Miscellaneous invoice

Elements of invoice: Standout Header Invoice number Company’s information Date Goods or services sold:

item name or title of service price of the item/service Amount or quantity of

product or service) Fees or Taxes Total amount due Terms of the transaction A unique message Due date

o Brainstorming on types ,elements and function of invoice

o Demonstration of invoice preparation

o Practical exercises on invoice preparation

- Books - Internet - Bills books - Invoice samples - Internet - Computer - Note books - Pens &Pencils


338

Functions of invoice: Maintaining records Payment tracking Legal protection Easy tax filling Business analytics

Layout of invoice preparation





Written evidence

Oral evidence

evidence

Layout of invoice preparation Multiple choices Matching exercises Essay True or false questions Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Types of invoice

Proforma invoice

Interim invoice

Recurring /Service invoice

Past due invoice

Advance invoice

Final Invoice

Miscellaneous invoice

Indicator: Elements of invoice

Standout Header

Invoice number

Company’s information

Date

Goods or services sold

Fees and taxes


Accurate preparation of invoice

339

Amount due

Terms of the transaction

A unique message

Due date

Indicator: Functions of invoice

Maintaining records

Payment tracking

Legal protection

Easy tax filling

Business analytics

Observation

Reference books:

1. Publishing, B. (2013). Good Small Business Guide 2013, 7th Edition: How to start and grow your own business.

A&C Black. 2. Sweeting, J. (1997). Project Cost Estimating: Principles and Practice. IChemE. 3. Vijaya, K. R., Elanchezhian C. , Ramanath B., Kesavan, R., Elanchezhian, C., & Ramanath, B. V. 4. (209). Process Planning and Cost Estimation. New Age International.

340

P L B C G 5 0 1 - D E S I G N A N D C O M M U N I C A T I O N G R A P H I C S

PLBCG501 Perform Design and Communication Graphics


Credits: 4 40




Purpose statement

This course presents the basic drafting skills and concepts that are needed for entry-level

competencies in industrial/ technical fields. Design and communication graphics affords the

trainee, the opportunities to develop skills in graphical communication, creative problem

solving, spatial visualization, design capabilities, computer graphics and CAD modeling.

341


N/A







1. Analyze the DCG work 1.4. Proper identification of the DCG work

1.5. Appropriate selection of CAD software

1.6. Proper configuration of software

2. Perform Plane and Descriptive

Geometry

5.6. Proper application of Plane Geometry

5.7. Proper application of conic sections

5.8. Proper utilization of Projection Systems

5.9. Appropriate application of descriptive geometry

of lines and Planes

5.10. Proper development of surfaces and intersection

3. Perform Design Communication

and Computer Graphics

3.1 Accurate application of Graphics in Design and

Communication

3.2 Proper application of Design Communication

3.3 Appropriate application of Freehand Drawing

3.4 Proper use of information and Communication

Technologies

342

LU 1: Analyze the DCG work

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify the DCG work 2. Select CAD software 3. Configure software

10Hours

Learning Outcome1.1: Identify the DCG work

Introduction to Design and Communication Graphics

Definition Advantages and

disadvantages of DCG Application of DCG

Introduction to 2D and 3D Object presentation in

2D Object presentation in

3D

o Discussion on 2D and 3D o Brainstorming on advantages

and disadvantages of DCG

o Brainstorming on application

of DCG

- Reference Books

- Module Manuals

- Pencils - Papers - Drawing - Instruments


Content

343





Written evidence Multiple choice questions


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Design and Communication Graphics is described

Definition

Advantages of DCG

Disadvantages of DCG

Application of DCG

Indicator:Differentiation of 2D from 3D is done

Object representation in 2D

Object representation in 2D

Observation

Learning Outcome1.2:Select CAD software

Overview of CAD softwares Autodesk Auto-cad Solidworks

Domain of application

o Group discussion on overview of CAD softwares

o Brainstorming on domains of application

o Group discussion on capabilities of CAD

- Flip Chart - Black/White

Board - Chalks - Marker Pen - Internet


Content


Proper identification of the DCG work

344

Construction Mechanical Electrical &

Electronics

Capabilities of CAD softwares

Designing Simulation Program

generation(G-Codes) Design analysis

Softwares o Research on internet





Written Multiple choice questions


Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Overviewof CAD softwaresare explained

CAD Package Features

Domains of application of CAD softwares

Indicator: Domain of application are explained

Construction

Mechanical

Electrical & Electronics

Observation


Appropriate selection of CAD software

345

Learning Outcome 1.3: Configure software

Installation of solidworks software

Unit configuration Customization

o Solidworksinstallation o Practical exercises on

solidworks installation and customization

o Practical exercises on unit configuration

- DCG Lab - Computers - Solid Works Software





Written evidence


Product evidence

Multiple choice questions


Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Solidworks Software is installed and configured

Unit configuration

Customization


Proper configuration of software


346

Observation

347

LU 2: Perform Plane and Descriptive Geometry

2

Learning Outcomes:

3. Apply Plane geometry 4. Apply Conic Sections 5. Apply Projection Systems 6. Apply descriptive geometry of lines and Planes 7. Intersect and develop surfaces

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply Plane geometry

Introduction to plane geometry

Definition of plane geometry

Straight line partition

Bisect a line Perpendicular

lines Angles Arcs

Construction of plane figure

Triangle Circle Polygons

o Group discussion on plane geometry

o Brainstorming on plane geometry

o Practical exercises on construction of plane figures

- Reference Books - Module Manuals - Pencils - Papers - Drawing Instruments - Computers Equipped

With Solid works Software

- Projector



Proper application of Plane Geometry


Content

348




Product evidence


Written evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Introduction to plane geometry is done

Definition of plane geometry

Straight line partition

Bisect a line

Perpendicular lines

Angles

Arcs

Indicator:Construction of plane figures is done

Triangle

Circle

Polygons

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Apply Conic Sections

Introduction to conic sections

Definition of conics

The Ellipse Parabola Hyperbola

Geometric properties of conics

Focal points Focal sphere

o Group Discussion on conic sections

o Practical exercises on conic sections

- Reference Books - Module Manuals - Pencils - Papers - Drawing

Instruments - DCG Lab - Computers

equipped with Solid works Software

- Projector


349

Eccentricity Conic curves Tangents to

conics





Product evidence


Written evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Introduction to conic sections is done

Definition of conics

The Ellipse

Parabola

Hyperbola

Indicator:Geometric properties of conics are considered

Focal points

Eccentricity

Conic curves

Tangents to conics

Observation


Proper application of conic sections

350

Learning Outcome 2.3: Apply Projection Systems

Orthographic Projection Definition of a

Plane Principal Planes Reference plane

Projection of right and oblique solids

Auxiliary Views Sectional Views

Pictorial drawings Isometric drawing

of solids Prism Cylinder Pyramid Cone

Construction and application of the isometric scale

The axonometric plane and axes

Principles of orthogonal axonometric projection

Principles of pictorial perspective drawing

Parallel and angular perspective

Vanishing points for horizontal lines

o Group Discussion on orthographic projection

o Brainstorming on projection of right and oblique solids

o Observation of solid objects

o Practical exercises on pictorial drawings

- Reference Books - Module Manuals - Pencils - Papers - Drawing Instruments - DCG Lab - Computers Equipped

With Solid works Software

- Projector



Content

351




Product evidence


Written evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Orthographic Projection are described

Definition of a Plane

Principal Planes

Reference plane

Indicator:Projection of right and oblique solids are identified

Auxiliary Views

Sectional Views

Indicator:Pictorial drawings are applied

Isometric drawing of solids

Construction and application of the isometric scale

The axonometric plane and axes

Principles of orthogonal axonometric projection

Principles of pictorial perspective drawing

Observation


Proper utilization of projection systems

352

Learning Outcome 2.4:Apply descriptive geometry of lines and Planes

Introduction to plane geometry

Definition of planes, simply inclined and Oblique

Determination of oblique Planes

True shape and inclinations of planes to principal planes of reference

Intersection of oblique planes and lines

Sectioning of right solids by oblique planes

Types of section views

Representation of cutting plan

Examples of cutting plane and sectioning of different solids

o Group Discussion on introduction to plane geometry

o Brainstorming on sectioning of right solids by oblique planes

o Practical exercises on descriptive geometry of lines and planes


Instruments - Computers

Equipped With Solid Works Software

- Projector






Appropriate application of descriptive geometry of lines and Planes


353

Product evidence

Written evidence




Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Introduction to plane geometry

Definition Of Planes, Simply Inclined and Oblique

Determination Of Oblique Planes

True Shape And Inclinations Of Planes To Principal Planes Of Reference

Intersection Of Oblique Planes And Lines

Indicator:Sectioning of right solids by oblique planes

Types of section views

Representation of cutting plan

Examples of cutting plane and sectioning of different solids

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.5: Intersect and develop surfaces

Surface development and envelopment of right solids

Methods of development

Development of prism

Development of cylinder

Development of pyramid

Development of cone

Intersection of surfaces and development

Prisms Pyramids Spheres

o Group discussion on intersection and development of surfaces

o Brainstorming on intersection and development of surfaces

o Observation of intersection objects

o Practical exercises on intersection and development of surfaces


Instruments - Computers

Equipped - With Solid Works

Projector


354

Composite Solids





Product evidence


Witten evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Surface development and envelopment of right solids are made

Methods of development

Development of prism

Development of cylinder

Development of pyramid

Development o f cone

Indicator:Intersection of surfaces and development of solids are made

Prisms

Pyramids

Spheres

Composite Solids

Observation


Proper development of surfaces and intersection

355

LU 3: Perform Design Communication and Computer Graphics

3

Learning Outcomes:

3. Apply graphics in communication 4. Apply Design Communication 5. Apply Freehand drawing 6. Use information and Communication Technologies

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply graphics in communication

Drawing from a historical perspective

Design strategies Reflection on processes of

design Design appraisal

Interpretation of design Ideas sketching Design problem solving

o Group discussion on drawing from historical perspective

o Brainstorming on interpretation of design

o Practical exercises on idea sketching

- Reference books

- Module manuals

- Pencils - Papers - Drawing

instruments - Computers

equipped with solid works

- Projector



Accurate application of graphics in Design and Communication


356




Product evidence


Witten evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Historical perspective of drawing are identified

Design strategies

Processes of design

Design appraisal

Indicator:Design are interpreted

Ideas sketching

Design of problem solving

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Apply Design Communication

Introduction to Design Communication

Drawing conventions, symbols and standards

Presentation methods of drawing Single-part drawing Collective single-part

drawings Assembly drawings

Design layout drawings

o Group discussion on design communication

o Brainstorming presentation methods of drawing

o Practical exercises on design layout drawings

o Practical exercises on design drawings and associated processes


- Reference books

- Module manuals

- Pencils - Papers - Drawing

instruments - Computers

equipped with solidworks


357

Combined detail and assembly drawings

Exploded assembly drawings

Simplified drawings

Design drawings and associated processes

Pictorial and orthographic working and assembly drawings

Balloon extraction detailing Exploded pictorial views Dimensioning and

notation Schematic diagrams

balloon extraction detailing

- Projector





Product evidence


Written evidence



Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Design Communication is introduced

Drawing conventions, symbols and standards

Indicator:Presentation methods of drawing are discussed

Single-part drawing


Proper application of design communication

358

Collective single-part drawings

Assembly drawings

Indicator:Design layout of drawings are discussed

Combined detail and assembly drawings

Exploded assembly drawings

Simplified drawings

Indicator:Balloon extraction is detailed

Exploded pictorial views

Dimensioning and Notation

Schematic diagrams

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Apply Freehand drawing

Materials for freehand drawing Pencils Papers Rubber

Observation techniques First angle projection Third angle projection

Drawing representation Shape Form Texture Material Light and shade Design sketching Freehand detailing

o Group discussion on freehand drawing

o Demonstration using videos of freehand sketching

o Brainstorming on freehand drawing

o Observation technics o Practical exercises on

drawing representation

- Reference books - Module manuals - Pencils - Papers - Rubber



Appropriate application of Freehand Drawing


359




Product evidence


Written evidence



Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Materials for freehand drawing are identified

Pencils

Papers

Rubber

Indicator:Observation techniquesare applied

First angle projection

Third angle projection

Indicator:Drawing representationis done

Shape

Form

Texture

Material

Light and shade

Design sketching

Freehand detailing

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.4:Use information and Communication Technologies

CAD applications File management Graphics and CAD

terminology Graphics and CAD

o Group discussion on CAD applications

o Brainstorming on CAD

sketching principles

- Reference books - Module manuals - Pencils - Papers - Drawing


360

software Generate working

drawings from part views and animated

and assembly models

CAD sketching principles Creating 3D assemblies Generation of

presentation drawings from parametric models

Generation of exploded sequences from parametric models

Modeling and editing Use of templates and

libraries Data exchange

between applications Graphic output

File management and organization File formats and

extensions Image transfer Web research Presentation

techniques using ICT and CAD software

o Practical exercises on file management and organization

instruments - DCG lab - Computers

equipped with solid works

- Projector





Product evidence





Proper use of information and Communication Technologies

361

Written evidence

Matching

Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:CAD applications is done

File management

Graphics and CAD terminology

Graphics and CAD software

Generate working drawings from part

views and animated and assembly models

Indicator:CAD sketching principles are applied

Creating 3D assemblies

Generation of presentation drawings from parametric models

Generation of exploded sequences from parametric models

Modeling and editing

Use of templates and libraries

Data exchange between applications

Graphic output

Indicator:File management and organization is done

File formats and extensions

Image transfer

Web research

Presentation techniques using ICT and CAD software

Observation

362

Reference books:

1. Joseph Malkevitch (April 2003), "Mathematics and Art", Feature Column Archive, American

Mathematical Society

2. Ingrid Carlbom, Joseph Paciorek (December 1978), "Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing

Transformations", ACM Computing Surveys, 10 (4): 465–502, doi:10.1145/356744.356750

3. Gary R. Bertoline et al. (2002) Technical Graphics Communication. McGraw–Hill Professional,

2002. ISBN 0-07-365598-8, p. 330.

4. Akopyan, A.V.; Zaslavsky, A.A. (2007). Geometry of Conics. American Mathematical

Society. ISBN 0-8218-4323-0

5. Downs, J.W. (2003) [1993], Practical Conic Sections / The geometric properties of ellipses,

parabolas and hyperbolas, Dover, ISBN 0-486-42876-1

6. Protter, Murray H.; Morrey, Jr., Charles B. (1970), College Calculus with Analytic Geometry (2nd

ed.), Reading: Addison-Wesley, LCCN 76087042

7. Akopyan, A.V.; Zaslavsky, A.A. (2007). Geometry of Conics. American Mathematical

Society. ISBN 0-8218-4323-0.

8. Artzy, Rafael (2008) [1965], Linear Geometry, Dover, ISBN 978-0-486-46627-9

9. Boyer, Carl B. (2004) [1956], History of Analytic Geometry, Dover, ISBN 978-0-486-43832-0

10. Guptill, Arthur L. (1930). Drawing with Pen and Ink. New York: Reinhold Publishing Corporation.

11. Ruskin, John (1857). The Elements of Drawing. Mineola, NY: Dover Publishcations Inc.

12. Narayan, K. Lalit (2008). Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of

India. p. 3. ISBN 812033342X.

13. Narayan, K. Lalit (2008). Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of

India. p. 4. ISBN 812033342X.

14. Duggal, Vijay (2000). Cadd Primer: A General Guide to Computer Aided Design and Drafting-

Cadd, CAD. Mailmax Pub. ISBN 978-0962916595.

15. Madsen, David A. (2012). Engineering Drawing & Design. Clifton Park, NY: Delmar.

p. 10. ISBN 1111309574.

16. Farin, Gerald; Hoschek, Josef; Kim, Myung-Soo (2002). Handbook of computer aided geometric

design [electronic resource

http://www.ams.org/featurecolumn/archive/art1.html

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Mathematical_Society



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ACM_Computing_Surveys

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_object_identifier

https://doi.org/10.1145%2F356744.356750







https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Addison-Wesley

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Library_of_Congress_Control_Number

https://lccn.loc.gov/76087042




https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0-486-46627-9



https://books.google.com/books?id=zXdivq93WIUC&printsec=frontcover


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/812033342X

https://books.google.com/books?id=zXdivq93WIUC&printsec=frontcover


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/812033342X


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/978-0962916595

https://books.google.com/books?id=qdtJDEPZrrkC&pg=PA2



https://books.google.com/books?id=0SV5G8fgxLoC



363

17. Cantoni, L., & Danowski, J. A. (Eds.). (2015). Communication and Technology. Berlin: De Gruyter

Mouton.

18. Caperna A., Integrating ICT into Sustainable Local Policies. ISBN 9781615209293

19. Feridun, Mete; Karagiannis, Stelios (2009). "Growth Effects of Information and Communication

Technologies: Empirical Evidence from the Enlarged EU". Transformations in Business and

Economics. 8 (2): 86–99.

20. Oliver, Ron. "The Role of ICT in Higher Education for the 21st Century: ICT as a Change Agent for

Education." University, Perth, Western Australia, 2002.

21. Walter Ong, Orality and Literacy: The Technologizing of the Word (London, UK: Routledge,

1988), in particular Chapter 4

http://www.degruyter.com/view/product/179986

http://www.igi-global.com/bookstore/Chapter.aspx?TitleId=43194



http://elrond.scam.ecu.edu.au/oliver/2002/he21.pdf

http://elrond.scam.ecu.edu.au/oliver/2002/he21.pdf

364

P L B C P 5 0 1 - CHEMISTRY FOR PLUMBING

PLBCP501 Apply chemistry for plumbing


Credits: 5 50




Purpose statement

This module describes knowledge required to study structure of atom, three states of matter, and skills

acquired to perform chemical analysis of water.

365


N/A







1. Demonstrate knowledge of basic

chemical concepts

1.7. Describe structure of atom including sub-atomic

particles, charge, atomic number, mass number, and

valence.

1.8. Determine the properties of elements from the

periodic table of elements.

1.9. Describe the three states of matter

1.10. Apply mole concept according to chemical

particles

1.11. Describe bonding

2. Define key chemical properties

applied in plumbing

5.11. Apply pH measurement

5.12. Apply chemical titration

5.13. Describe hydrocarbon, fuel, gases

3. Perform chemistry laboratory

works

3.5 Set a machine according to the specific standards

3.6 Analyze water according to international

standards

3.7 Report of the work done

366

LU 1:Demonstrate knowledge of basic chemical concepts

1

Learning Outcomes:

4. Describe structure of atom including sub-atomic particles, charge, atomic number, mass number, and valence

5. Determine the properties of elements from the periodic table of elements.

6. Describe the three states of matter 7. Apply mole concept according to chemical particles 8. Describe bonding

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe structure of atom including sub-atomic particles, charge,

atomic number, mass number, and valence

Introduction of chemistry

Atomic structure Definition of atom Atomic particles Chemical

classification of matter(element, pure substance, Mixture, compound, Molecule)

Atomic symbols Mass number Atomic number Group or families Atomic mass

o Demonstration by Video/picture o Brainstorming by using physical

sample

- Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Computer - Periodic table


367





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Proposed Activities:


Matching Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Atomic structure

Atomic structure

Classification of matter

Atomic symbols

Atomic Numbers

Atomic mass and

Mass numbers

Group/families

Observation


Proper description of atomic structure including sub-atomic particles, charge,

atomic number, mass number, valence and atomic reaction.

368

Learning Outcome1.2:Determine the properties of elements from the periodic table of

elements.

Study of periodic table of element Atomic symbols Atomic Numbers Atomic mass and

Mass numbers Group/families Difference between

acid base and salts Period Isotopes Properties of metals

and corrosion effects

o Demonstration by Video on corrosion formation

o Practical exercises on atomic number and mass number

o Brainstorming on periodic table o Pictures on charge of electrons

- Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Computer - Periodic table of element





Written evidence

Oralevidence


Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Properties of elements

Acid base and salts

Period

Isotopes


Determine the properties of elements from the periodic table of elements.


Content

369

Properties of metals and

corrosion effects

Non-metal properties

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Describe the three states of matter

Physical properties of matter State of matter Change of state of matter

o Demonstration by Video on change of state of matter

o Practical exercises on three state of matter

o Brainstorming three state of matter

- Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers - Internet





Written evidence

Oral evidence



Essay

Matching Exercises



Describe the three states of matter


370

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Physical properties of matter

State of matter

Change of state of matter

Sentence completion

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.4: Apply mole concept according to chemical particles

Mole concept Concentrations Ideal gas laws

o Group discussion on concentration and ideal gas laws

o Brainstorming on concentration and ideal gas laws

o Practical exercises on concentration and ideal gas laws






Written evidence

Oralevidence




Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion


Proper application ofmole concept according to chemical particles


371

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Mole concept

Concentrations

Ideal gas laws

Observation

372

LU 2:Define the key chemical properties applied in Plumbing

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply pH Measurement

2. Apply chemical titration

3. Describe hydrocarbon, fuel, gases and their properties

30 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply pH Measurement

pH scale Acid and base

solution Conjugate base

and acid Buffer solution Measurement of

pH using calibrated pH meter

o Demonstration by Video on pH

measurement

o Practical exercises on pH

measurement

o Brainstorming on pH

measurement

o Group discussion on pH

measurement

- Laboratory

- Books

- Pens

- Papers

- Internet

- Periodic table

- pH chart



Apply pH Measurement


Content

373




Written evidence

Oral evidence


Product evidence


Multiple choice exercises Essay Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion Observation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:pH scale

pH scale

Acid and base solution

Conjugate base and acid

Buffer solution

Measurement of pH using

Calibrated pH meter

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Apply chemical titration

Types of Titration Acid-base titration Complex metric titration

o Demonstration by Video on acid-base titration

o Practical exercises on acid-base titration

o Brainstorming on acid-base titration




374




Written evidence





Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Types of Titration

Acid-base titration

Complex metric titration

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3:Describe hydrocarbon, fuel, gases and their properties

•Introduction to organic chemistry

Components of organic compound

•Aliphatic compound Hydrocarbons

o Practical exercises on Components of organic compound and Aliphatic compound

o Brainstorming on components of organic compound and Aliphatic compound

- Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Periodic table



Proper application chemical titration

375





Written evidence

Oralevidence



Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Properties of compound

Components of organic compound

Aliphatic compound

Observation


Proper descriptionof hydrocarbon, fuel, gases and their properties

376

LU 3:Perform chemistry laboratory works

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set a machine according to the specific standards 2. Analyze water according to international standards 3. Report of the work done

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Identify plumbing areas to be ducted

Theory on Laboratory materials

Safety and Precaution in Laboratory

Turn on and turn off machine

calibration of a machine

o Demonstration by Video onTheory on Laboratory materials Safety and Precaution in Laboratory Turn on and turn off machine calibration of a machine

o Practical exerciseson Theory on Laboratory materials Safety and Precaution in Laboratory Turn on and turn off machine calibration of a machine

o Brainstorming on Theory on Laboratory materials Safety and Precaution in Laboratory Turn on and turn off machine calibration of a machine

- Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers

- Internet



377




Written evidence

Oral evidence




Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Identify plumbing areas to be ducted

Theory on Laboratory materials

Safety and Precaution in Laboratory

Turn on and turn off machine

calibration of a machine

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Analyze water according to international standards

Parameters measurement Physical and chemical

parameters Notional and

international

o Demonstration by Video on Physical and chemical parameters

o Practical exercises on Physical and chemical




Set a machine according to the specific standards

378

standards on water quality

parameters o Brainstorming on

Physical and chemical parameters

o Group discussion on Physical and chemical parameters





Written evidence

Oral evidence




Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Parameters measurement

Physical and chemical parameters

National and international standards on water quality

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Report of the work done


Analyze water according to international standards

379

Cleaning and storing laboratory materials

Result of the test Introduction Work Methodology Observation Conclusion and

recommendation

o Demonstration by Video on Cleaning and storing laboratory materials

o Brainstorming on Cleaning and storing laboratory materials

o Practical exercise on reporting

- Laboratory

- Books

- Pens

- Papers

- Internet





Written evidence

Oral evidence




Essay

Matching Exercises


Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Preparatory workare performed

Cleaning laboratory materials

Storing laboratory materials

Result of the test

Indicator:Elementsof the report are done

Introduction

Work Methodology

Observation


Report the work done


380

Conclusion and recommendation

Observation

381

Reference books:

1. Mark, Burgin (2016-10-27). Theory Of Knowledge: Structures And Processes. World

Scientific. ISBN 9789814522694.

2. "Physical Properties". Department of Chemistry - Elmhurst College. Archived from the original on

2016-11-19. Retrieved 2017-01-17.

3. Robert A. Meyers (2001). Encyclopedia of Physical Science and Technology (3rd ed.). Academic

Press. ISBN 978-0-12-227410-7.

4. M.A. Wahab (2005). Solid State Physics: Structure and Properties of Materials. Alpha Science.

pp. 1–3. ISBN 978-1-84265-218-3.

5. F. White (2003). Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill. p. 4. ISBN 978-0-07-240217-9.

6. G. Turrell (1997). Gas Dynamics: Theory and Applications. John Wiley & Sons. pp. 3–5. ISBN 978-

0-471-97573-1.

7. M. Chaplin (20 August 2009). "Water phase Diagram". Water Structure and

Science. Archived from the original on 3 March 2016. Retrieved 23 February 2010.

8. D.L. Goodstein (1985). States of Matter. Dover Phoenix. ISBN 978-0-486-49506-4.

9. A.P. Sutton (1993). Electronic Structure of Materials. Oxford Science Publications. pp. 10–

12. ISBN 978-0-19-851754-2.

10. Shao, Y.; Zerda, T. W. (1998). "Phase Transitions of Liquid Crystal PAA in Confined

Geometries". Journal of Physical Chemistry B. 102 (18): 3387–3394. doi:10.1021/jp9734437

11. Pullman, Bernard (1998). The Atom in the History of Human Thought. Oxford, England: Oxford

University Press. pp. 31–33. ISBN 978-0-19-515040-7.

12. Lewis, Gilbert N. (1916). "The Atom and the Molecule". Journal of the American Chemical

Society. 38 (4): 762–786.

13. Scerri, Eric R. (2007). The periodic table: its story and its significance. Oxford University Press US.

pp. 205–226. ISBN 978-0-19-530573-9.

14. Langmuir, Irving (1919). "The Arrangement of Electrons in Atoms and Molecules". Journal of the

American Chemical Society. 41 (6): 868–934. doi:10.1021/ja02227a002

15. Baum, Rudy (2003). "It's Elemental: The Periodic Table". Chemical & Engineering News.

Retrieved 11 January 2008

https://books.google.com/books?id=FmptDQAAQBAJ&pg=PA502&dq=A+physical+property+is+any+property+that+is+measurable,+whose+value+describes+a+state+of+a+physical+system.+-cram101+-cti&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwilhY3SmabYAhUKs1QKHUbtD_4Q6AEIKTAA#v=onepage&q=A%20physical%20property%20is%20any%20property%20that%20is%20measurable,%20whose%20value%20describes%20a%20state%20of%20a%20physical%20system.%20-cram101%20-cti&f=false



http://chemistry.elmhurst.edu/vchembook/104Aphysprop.html

https://web.archive.org/web/20161119231951/http:/chemistry.elmhurst.edu/vchembook/104Aphysprop.html

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Academic_Press







https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/McGraw-Hill



https://books.google.com/?id=-6qF7TKfiNIC&pg=PA3

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Wiley_%26_Sons




http://www.lsbu.ac.uk/water/phase.html

https://web.archive.org/web/20160303173403/http:/www1.lsbu.ac.uk/water/water_phase_diagram.html

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dover_Publications






https://doi.org/10.1021%2Fjp9734437

https://books.google.com/?id=IQs5hur-BpgC&pg=PA56&dq=Leucippus+Democritus+atom#v=onepage&q=Leucippus%20Democritus%20atom&f=false



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Journal_of_the_American_Chemical_Society









https://doi.org/10.1021%2Fja02227a002

http://pubs.acs.org/cen/80th/elements.html

382

16. Bates, Roger G. Determination of pH: theory and practice. Wiley, 1973.

17. Nordstrom, D. Kirk; Alpers, Charles N. (March 1999). "Negative pH, efflorescent mineralogy, and

consequences for environmental restoration at the Iron Mountain Superfund site, California"

18. Silberberg, Martin (2004). Chemistry: The Molecular Nature Of Matter and Change. New York:

McGraw-Hill Companies. ISBN 0-07-310169-9.

19. Clayden, J., Greeves, N., et al. (2001) Organic Chemistry Oxford ISBN 0-19-850346-6 p. 21

20. McMurry, J. (2000). Organic Chemistry 5th ed. Brooks/Cole: Thomson Learning. ISBN 0-495-

11837-0 pp. 75–81

21. Fewell, M. P. (1995). "The atomic nuclide with the highest mean binding energy". American

Journal of Physics.

22. Sumit Roy (23 June 2014). "U.S. Natural Gas Export Era Begins In 2015, Fueling Upside In Prices"

23. Steve Hargreaves (9 March 2010). "Natural gas crystals: Energy under the sea". CNN Money.

24. Shmueli, Deborah F. (May 1999). "Water quality in international river basins

http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1495&context=usgsstaffpub










http://seekingalpha.com/article/2282733-u-s-natural-gas-export-era-begins-in-2015-fueling-upside-in-prices

http://money.cnn.com/2010/03/09/news/economy/nat_gas_crystals/index.htm

https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0962-6298(98)00106-1

383

P L B D W 5 0 1 - DRINKING WATER TREATMENT

PLBDW501 Perform Drinking Water Treatment


Credits: 6 60



Issue date: November 2014

Purpose statement


Perform Drinking Water Treatment; identify drinking water quality; perform drinking water

treatment process and test of water.

384


N/A







1. Identify drinking water quality

1.1. Correct identification of physical characteristics of drinking water

1.2. Correct identification of chemical characteristics of drinking water

1.3. Correct identification of bacteriological characteristics of drinking water

6. Perform drinking water treatment process

6.1. Adequate screening and aeration of water 6.2. Proper application of primary

sedimentation/settling of water 6.3. Proper application of coagulation and flocculation

of water 6.4. Proper application secondary

sedimentation/settling of water 6.5. Correct application of water filtration 6.6. Proper application of water disinfection

7. Perform final testing of treated water

3.8 Proper selection of drinking water standards 3.9 Adequate application of water quality testing 3.10 Appropriate report of work done

385

LU 1: Identify drinking water quality

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Identify physical characteristics of drinking water 2. Identify chemical characteristics of drinking water 3. Identify bacteriological characteristics of drinking water

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Classify raw materials

Physical characteristics of drinking water: Color Taste and Odor Temperature Total suspended solid

(TSS)

o Brainstorming on physical characteristics of drinking water

o Group discussion on physical characteristics of drinking water

o Demonstration by video /pictures of physical characteristics of drinking water

o Physical observation o Practical exercises on testing

physical characteristics of drinking water

-Turbid meter -Thermometer -Water -Test tube -Beakers -Bottles and jars -Books -Computer



Correct identification of physical characteristics of drinking water


386




Written evidence

• Oral evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Physical characteristics are identified

Colour

Taste

Odor

Total suspended solid (TSS)

Temperature

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Identify chemical characteristics of drinking water

Chemical characteristics of drinking water pH Alkalinity Hardness Heavy metal and minerals

(Sulphates, Iron, Chlorides, mercury, lead ,Nitrates)

Total Dissolved Solids(TDS)

o Brainstorming on chemical characteristics of drinking water

o Group discussion on chemical characteristics of drinking water

o Demonstration by video /pictures of chemical characteristics of drinking water

o Practical exercises on testing chemical characteristics of drinking water

- PH meter - Distilled water - Graduated cylinders - Test tube - Beakers - Bottles and jars - Indicators - Strip of colors - Acids - AAS machine(atomic

Absorption Spectroscopy )

- UV machine(Ultraviolet)

- Conical flasks


Content

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/pH.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/alkalinity.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/hardness.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/Sulphates.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/Iron.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/chlorides.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/wasteWater/solids.htm

387





Written

Performance

Multiple choice exercises Merging Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Chemical characteristics are identified

PH

Alkalinity

Hardness

Sulphate

Iron

Chlorides

Mercury

Lead

Nitrates

Total dissolved solids (TDS)

Observation


Correct identification of chemical characteristics of drinking water

388

Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify bacteriological characteristics of drinking water

Bacteriological characteristics of water Bacterial pathogens Viral pathogens Protozoan pathogens

o Group discussion on bacteriological of drinking water

o Brainstorming on bacteriological of drinking water

o Demonstration by video /pictures of bacteriological characteristics of drinking water

o Practical exercises on testing bacteriological characteristics of drinking water

- Coli form and - E. Coli Bacteria - Water - Internet search





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Multiple choice exercises Essay Merging Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Bacteriological characteristics are identified


Identification of bacteriological characteristics of drinking water


389

Bacterial pathogens

Viral pathogens

Protozoan pathogens

Observation

390

LU 2: Perform water treatment process

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply Screening and aeration of water 2. Apply primary sedimentation/settling of water 3. Apply coagulation and flocculation of water 4. Apply secondary sedimentation/settling of water 5. Apply filtration of water 6. Apply disinfection of water 40 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply screening and aeration of water

Different types of screens parabolic screen curved screen inclined bar screen

Type of aerators: Gravity aerators Fountain aerators Diffused aerators Mechanical aerators

o Observations for existing system

o Brainstorming on Screening of water

o Group discussion on Screening of water

o Demonstration based on Screening of water

o Observations for existing system

o Brainstorming on aerators of water

o Group discussion on aerators of water

o Demonstration by video on aeration of water

- Aerators

- Screens

- Books

- Note books

- Video aids

- Computer

- Pens



Content

http://www.lenntech.com/parabolic_screen.htm

http://www.lenntech.com/curved-screen.htm

391




Written evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Screening of water is applied

Paper removed

Plastics removed

Rags removed

Metals removed

Indicator: Aeration of water is applied

Dissolved gases are removed

Oxidizes dissolved metals are removed

Volatile organic chemicals are removed

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2: Apply primary sedimentation/settling of water

Types of sedimentation Sludge storage and removal

organic high matter Flock blanket clarifiers Dissolved air floatation

Types of Settling tank / basins

o Site visit/field trip for existing system

o Brainstorming on primary sedimentation/settling of water

- Sand - Water - Settling tank - Books - Note books - Video aids



Adequate screening and aeration of water

392

Rectangular tank Circular tank

Primary settling Primary sludge

Intermediate settling Intermediate sludge

Final settling Final sludge

o Group discussion on primary sedimentation/settling of water

o Demonstration by video on primary sedimentation/settling of water

- Computer - Pens





Written evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sedimentation is applied

Sludge storage and removal organic high matter

Flock blanket clarifiers

Dissolved air floatation

Indicator: Primary sedimentation is applied

Final particles are removed

Indicator: Intermediate settling is applied

Intermediate sludge are removal

Observation


Proper application of primary sedimentation/settling of water

393

Learning Outcome 2. 3: Manipulate embroidery machine

Types of coagulants Alum Al2(S04)3 Ferric sulfate Fe2(S04)3 Ferric chloride FeCl3

Types of flocculants Organic polymers Polyaluminium Chloride

(PAC) Sudfloc

o Brainstorming on coagulation and flocculation of water

o Group discussion on coagulation and flocculation water

o Demonstration by video on coagulation and flocculation water

o Practical exercises on coagulation and flocculation of water


- Salts of Al(III) - Fe(III) - Books - Note books - Video aids - Computer - Pens





Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Coagulation and flocculation of water is applied

Suspended and dissolved compounds are separated

Small particles are coagulated to form larger particles

Chemicals are added to neutralize the particles


Proper application of coagulation and flocculation of water


394

Observation

Learning Outcome 2. 4: Apply secondary sedimentation/settling of water

Types of sedimentation Sludge storage and

removal biological oxidation

Flock blanket clarifiers Dissolved air floatation

Types of Settling tank / basins Rectangular tank Circular tank

Secondary settling secondary sludge

Intermediate settling Intermediate sludge

Final settling Final sludge


o Brainstorming on secondary sedimentation of water

o Group discussion on secondary sedimentation of water

o Demonstration by video on secondary sedimentation of water

o Practical exercises on secondary sedimentation of water

- Sand - Water - Settling tank - Books - Note books - Video aids - Computer - Pens





Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No


Proper application secondary sedimentation/settling of water


395

Indicator: Secondary sedimentation of water is applied

Effluent water quality

Dissolved organic compounds are removed

Suspended organic compounds are removed

Observation

Learning Outcome 2. 5: Apply filtration of water

Types of filter materials: Sand Gravel Anthracite Charcoal

Types filters: Slow sand filter Rapid-sand filter Membrane filters


o Brainstorming on filtration of water

o Group discussion on filtration of water

o Demonstration based on filtration of water

o Practical exercises on filtration of water

- Sand - Gravel - Anthracite - Water - Filters - Books - Note books - Video aids - Computer - Pens





Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No


Correct application of water filtration


396

Indicator: Water is filtrated

No Colour

No Odour

No Taste

PH value

Turbidity level

No metal

Observation

Learning Outcome 2. 3: Manipulate embroidery machine

Types of disinfectants : Hypochlorite Clear soluble phenolic Per oxygen compound Alcohol Aldehydes Skin disinfection Ozone disinfection Chloramine disinfection Ultraviolet disinfection Chlorine dioxide

disinfection

Water purification techniques: Boiling Distiller water Treatment with Excess

Lime Treatment with

Ozone/ultra-violet Chlorination Granular activated

carbon Desalination Reverse osmosis Gas hydrate crystals Direct contact

membrane distillation (DCMD)


o Practical exercises on disinfection methods

o Brainstorming on disinfection of water

o Group discussion on disinfection of water

o Demonstration by video on disinfection of water

o Practical exercises on disinfection of water

- Chlore - Lime - Books - Note books - Video aids - Computer - Pens - Water


397

Chemical oxidation





Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Disinfection of water is applied

Potable water

Pathogenic microorganisms removed

No Colour

No Odour

No Taste

Observation


Proper application of water disinfection

398

LU 3 Perform final testing of treated water

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Select drinking water standards 2. Apply Testing water quality 3. Report work done

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Select drinking water standards

Reference Standards: WHO (World Health

Organization) standards. RBS (Rwanda Bureau of

Standards) Indian Standard EPA (Environmental Protection

Agency).

o Brainstorming on drinking water standards

o Group discussion on drinking water standards

- Books - Pens - Workshop - Notebooks





Proper selection of drinking water standards


399


Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Drinking water standards selected

Turbidity

Chlorine

Odour

Taste

Ingredients

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Apply testing water quality

Types of drinking water test:

Alkalinity

Arsenic

Barium

Bromide

BTEX

Chloride

Coli form bacteria

Gross Alph

Hardness

Iron

Manganese

Nitrate/Nitrites

Methane/Ethane

Sodium

o Brainstorming on testing of water o Group discussion on testing of

water o Demonstration by video on

testing of water o Practical exercises on testing

water quality

- Total coli form

- Bacteria

- Nitrate/Nitrites

- pH

- Fluoride

- Organic Carbon Contaminants (Pesticides, Industrial Pollution etc.)

- Books - Note books - Video aids

- Computer

- Pens

- Manganese

- Iron


400

pH

Total Suspended Solids (TSS)

Total dissolved solids (TDS).

Conductivity

Fluoride

Organic Carbon Contaminants (Pesticides, Industrial Pollution etc.)

- Distilled water - Graduated cylinders - Test tube - Beakers - Bottles and jars - Indicators - Strip of colors - Acids - AAS machine(atomic

Absorption Spectroscopy)

- UV machine(Ultraviolet)

- Conical flasks





Product evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Water quality tested

Alkalinity

Arsenic

Barium

Bromide

Coli form bacteria

Hardness

Iron



Conductivity


Adequate testing of water quality

401

Fluoride

Organic CarbonContaminants

Nitrate/Nitrites

Methane/Ethane

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Report work done

Drinking water ingredients: Sodium Calcium Magnesium Fluoride PH Potassium Sulphate Iron

Test Results:

Alkalinity

Arsenic

Barium

Bromide

BTEX

Chloride

Coli form bacteria

Gross Alph

Hardness

Manganese

Nitrate/Nitrites

Methane/Ethane

pH



Conductivity

o Brainstorming on Reporting of water

o Group discussion on Reporting of water

o Demonstration by using sample of report.

o Practical exercises on reporting the work done.

- Books - Note books

- Computer

- Pens - Paper - chemical product


402

Fluoride

Organic Contaminants (Pesticides, Industrial Pollution).





Product evidence


Obesrvation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Work done reported

Report format followed

Ingredients of water

Level of turbidity

Level of PH

Starting date of project

Ending date of project

Observation


Appropriate report of work done

403

Summative Assessment

Integrated situation Resources

Inyange industries located at Gasabo district; Rusororo sector on right side of the road Remera-Kabuga wants to treat drinking water of Maya spring located in Gicumbi district at the foothills of breath-takingly beautiful mountains in the land of thousand hills, the spring is located at 67 Km from Inyange industries headquarters. The project design requires producing through adequate and modern techniques of purification to keep consistency with standards and rending it safe to consumers. Your consultant Company was awarded the contract of implementing this project and you are chosen as plumber to assist in treating water. The plumber’s tasks involve:

1. Produce potable water ready to be drunk 2. Test produced water

The treatment activity should be done in 9 hours

Coagulants : Aluminum

sulfate, Ferric chloride Organic

polymers;

Acidity neutralizers: Caustic soda or

lime Drinking water

storage tank Personal

protective equipments

Sand filters Pipes Fittings Paper Pen Computer Watch Transport means

404

Assesment Criterion 1: Quality of Process

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Physical characteristics of drinking water are identified

Color

Taste

Odor

Total suspended solid(TSS)

Temperature

Indicator: Chemical characteristics of drinking water are identified

Alkalinity

Hardness

pH

Chlorides

Sulphates

iron

Mercury

Indicator: Bacteriological characteristics of drinking water is identified

Bacterial pathogens

Viral pathogens

Protozoan pathogens

Indicator: : Drinking water standards selected

Turbidity

Chlorine

Odour

Taste

Ingredients

Observation

405

Assesment Criterion 2: Quality of product

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Screening of water is applied

Paper removed

Plastics removed

Rags removed

Metals removed

Indicator: Aeration of water is applied

Dissolved gases are removed

Oxidizes dissolved metals are removed

Volatile organic chemicals are removed

Indicator: Primary sedimentation is applied

Final particles are removed

Indicator: Coagulation and flocculation of water is applied

Suspended and dissolved compounds are separated

Small particles are coagulated to form larger particles

Chemicals are added to neutralize the particles

Indicator: Secondary sedimentation of water is applied

Effluent water quality

Dissolved organic compounds are removed

Suspended organic compounds are removed

Indicator: Water is filtrated

No Colour

No Odour

No Taste

PH value

Turbidity level

No metals

Indicator: Disinfection of water is applied

Potable water

Pathogenic microorganisms removed

No Colour

No Odour

No Taste

Indicator: Water quality tested

Alkalinity

Arsenic

Hardness

Iron

406

Manganese

Nitrate/Nitrites

Methane/Ethane

Sodium

pH

Total Suspended Solids(TSS)

Total dissolved solids(TDS)

Conductivity

Fluoride

Organic carbon contaminants (Pesticides, Industrial pollution etc.)

Observation

Assesment Criterion 3: Relevance

Checklist Score

Yes No



Ingredients of water

Level of turbidity

Level of PH

Starting time of the project

Ending time of the project


Indicator: Time is respected

9 hours

Indicator: Distance between spring of Maya hill and Inyange industries headquarters

20 km

Observation

407

Assesment Criterion 4: Safety

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: PPE is used (Tools status are checked before starting the work )

Overall

Gloves

Safety boots

Helmet

Goggles

Indicator: Tools, equipment and materials are used

Status of tools

Status of equipment

Indicator: Working environment is cleaned

Cleanliness

Observation

Reference books:

Von Wiesenberger, Arthur. H 2 O: The Guide to Quality Bottled Water. Woodbridge Press, 1988.

Water Quality Standards Handbook, 2nd edition. United States Environmental Protection Agency, 1994.

Craig L. Patterson, Roy C. Haught, in Handbook of Water Purity and Quality, 2009

Peter Niederbacher, Manfred Nahold, in Trace Metals and other Contaminants in the Environment, 2005

Mika Sillanpää, ... Mika Mänttäri, in Natural Organic Matter in Water, 2015

Lindsten, Don C. (September 1984). "Technology transfer: Water purification, U.S. Army to the civilian community". The Journal of Technology Transfer. 9 (1): 57–59.

Huisman, L.; Wood, W.E. (1974). "Chapter 2. Filtration of Water Supplies". Slow Sand Filtration

http://www.madehow.com/knowledge/United_States_Environmental_Protection_Agency.html

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780123741929

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/bookseries/18751121

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780128015032

http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/publications/ssf2.pdf

408

P L B F K 5 0 1 - FLUID KNOWLEDGE

PLBFK501 Apply fluid knowledge


Credits: 5 : 50




Purpose statement

This specific module describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to determine

pipe types and sizes and fluid pressure.

409


Apply Mathematic

Communicate in English




of the learning unit


1. Describe principles of hydrostatics 1.1 Proper description states of matter

1.2 Proper description of Fluid properties

1.3 Proper application of Fluid Forces on Surfaces

1.4 Proper application of hydrostatic pressure according to

the state of fluid

2 Determine pipes size and fluid

pressure

2.1 Proper application of Reynolds’ Transport Theorem according to the flow through pipes

2.2 Proper application of continuity and Bernoulli equation referring to the pipe diameter

2.3 Correct determination of pressure/energy loss according to the delivery point

2.4 Proper application of flow through open channel

3 Apply fluid calculations

3.1 Proper application of pump calculation 3.2 Proper application of bending calculation in order to

lay pipe 3.3 Proper application of hydrostatic calculation referring

to the flow rate of fluid 3.4 Proper calculation of fluid forces on surfaces

referring to select pipes 3.5 Proper application of continuity equation referring to

the pipe diameter

410

LU 1:Describe principles of hydrostatics

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Describe states of matter 2. Describe Fluid properties 3. Apply Fluid Forces on Surfaces 4. Apply hydrostatic pressure according to the state of fluid

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Describe states of matter

Three state of matter Solid state Liquid state Gaseous state

Hydraulic Definition Application Solving problem

Fluid mechanics Definition

Application Fluid transport Energy generation Air conditioning

system Transportation

Solving problem Sketch

Given data

Required

o Brainstorming on the state of matter

o Group discussion on the state of matter

o Demonstration by video on fluid

o Practical exercises on the state of matter

- Books - Internet search - Video aid - Note book - pens


411

Formula

Numerical values with units and interpolation





Written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : State of matter are applicable

Solid state

Liquid state

Gaseous state

Indicator : Application of fluid are done

Fluid transport

Energy generation

Air conditioning

Indicator : Solving problemare done

Sketch

Given data

Required

Formula

Numerical values with units and interpolation

Observation


Proper description states of matter

412

Learning Outcome1.2:Describe fluid properties

Density Definition Formula Experiment procedures Calculations

Specific gravity Definition Formula Experiment procedures Calculations

Specific weight Definition Formula Experiment procedures Calculations

Absolute and kinematic viscosity Definition Formula Experiment procedures Calculations

Surface tension Definition Experiment procedures

o Brainstorming on fluid properties

o Group discussion on fluid properties

o Demonstration by video on experiment procedure

o Practical exercises on experiment procedures

- Hydrometer or hydrometric

- Westphal balance - Viscometer - Ostwald or capillary

viscometer - Surface tensiometer - Notebooks - Laboratory - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search





Describe Fluid properties


Content

413


Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises True or false questioning

Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Fluid properties are calculated

Density

Specific gravity

Specific weight

Surface tension

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Apply Fluid Forces on Surfaces

Horizontal surface Formula shape

Vertical surface Formula shape

Inclined surface Formula shape

Curved surface Formula shape

Dams Formula Shape

o Brainstorming fluid forces on Surfaces

o Group discussion on fluid forces on Surfaces

o Demonstration by video on fluid forces on Surfaces

o Practical exercises on fluid forces on Surfaces




414




Written evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Fluid properties are calculated

Horizontal surface

Vertical surface

Inclined surface

Curved surface

Horizontal surface

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.4: Apply hydrostatic pressure according to the state of fluid

Hydrostatic applications Hydrostatic law Pressure head for a liquid Hydrostatic paradox

Pascal ‘s law Pascal ‘s theorem

o Brainstorming hydrostatic pressure

o Group discussion on hydrostatic pressure

o Demonstration by video hydrostatic pressure

o Practical exercises on Pascal




Proper applicationof Fluid Forces on Surfaces

415

Pascal ‘s law application ‘laws





Written evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Hydrostatic applications

Hydrostatic law

Pressure head for a liquid

Hydrostatic paradox

Observation


Proper application of hydrostatic pressure according to the state of fluid

416

LU 2:Determine pipes size and fluid pressure

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply Reynolds’ Transport Theorem according to the flow through pipes

2.Apply continuity and Bernoulli equation referring to the pipe diameter 3. Determine pressure/energy loss according to the delivery point

20Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Apply Reynolds’ Transport Theorem according to the flow through

pipes

Reynolds experiment Laminar flow Turbulent flow Reynolds

apparatus Experiment

procedures Reynolds number Observation made

o Brainstorming on Reynolds experiment

o Group discussion on Reynolds experiment

o Demonstration by video Reynolds experiment

o Practical exercises on Reynolds number calculation

- Notebooks - Laboratory - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search





Proper applicationReynolds’ Transport Theorem according to the flow through

pipes


Content

417


Written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Reynolds experiment

Laminar flow

Turbulent flow

Reynolds apparatus

Experiment procedures

Reynolds number

Observation made

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Apply continuity and Bernoulli equation referring to the pipe

diameter

Types of flow lines Path line Stream line Stream tube Streak line

Continuity equitation application Application of continuity

equations

Bernoulli equation demonstration Formula Application of Bernoulli’ s

formula

o Brainstorming on continuity and Bernoulli equation

o Group discussion on Reynolds experiment

o Demonstration the continuity and Bernoulli equation

o Practical exercises on continuity and Bernoulli equation calculation

- Notebooks - Laboratory - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search - Calculator


418





written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Types of flow lines

Path line

Stream line

Stream tube

Streak line

Path line

Indicator : Reynolds number

Application of continuity equations

Indicator : Bernoulli’s equation

Formula

Observation


Proper application ofcontinuity and Bernoulli equation referring to the

pipe diameter

419

Learning Outcome 2.3:Determine pressure/energy loss according to the delivery point

Types of energies of a liquid in motion Potential energy Kinetic energy Pressure energy Power of a stream of

fluid

Pressure/energy loss calculation

o Brainstorming on pressure/energy loss

o Group discussion on pressure/energy loss

o Demonstration by video on pressure/energy loss

o Practical exercises on pressure/energy loss calculation






Written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Energies of a liquid in motion are identified

Potential energy

Kinetic energy

Pressure energy

Power of a stream of fluid


Proper determination ofpressure/energy loss according to the delivery point


420

Indicator Pressure/energy loss calculation

Pressure loss

Energy loss

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.4: Apply flow through open channel

Definition of a flow channel

Classification of open channel flow

Geometric elements of open channel

Uniform flow resistance formulas Manning’s formula Chezy’s formula Relation between n,f

and c

o Brainstorming on flow through open channel

o Group discussion on flow through open channel

o Demonstration by p flow through open channel

o Practical exercises flow through open channelcalculation






written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Definition of a flow channel

Classification of open channel flow


Apply flow through open

channel

throughApply flow

through open

channel

open

channel

.


421

Geometric elements of open channel

Indicator : Uniform flow resistance formulas

Manning’s formula

Chezy’s formula

Relation between ,f and c

Observation

4 LU 3: Apply fluid calculations

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply pump calculation 2. Apply bending calculation in order to lay pipe 3. Apply hydrostatic calculation referring to the flow rate of fluid 4. calculate fluid forces on surfaces referring to select pipes 5. Apply continuity equation referring to the pipe diameter

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply pump calculation

Calculate : The fluid power The mechanical power The electrical power The mechanical and

electrical efficiency The cost of running the

pump at maximum efficiency

o Group discussion on pump calculation

o Practical exercises on pump calculation

- Pens - Books - Internet search - Calculator - Note books



422




Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false

Questioning

Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : Pump calculation are done

Fluid power

Mechanical power

Electrical power

Mechanical and electrical efficiency

Cost of running the pump at maximum efficiency

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Apply hydrostatic calculation referring to the flow rate of fluid

Application of geometric formulas of figures:

Rectangle /square Circle Triangle Cube Cylinder Sphere Cone

o Brainstorming on hydrostatic calculation

o Group discussion on hydrostatic calculation

o Demonstration by video on hydrostatic calculation

o Practical exercises on hydrostatic calculation

- Notebooks - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search - Calculator - Manual Bending

machine - Hydraulic press



Proper applicationpump calculation

423

Calculate: Hydrostatic Absolute gauge’s

pressure Hydrostatic force

bender machine





Written evidence


questioning

Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator : geometric figuresformulas application

Rectangle /square

Circle

Triangle

Cube

Cylinder

Sphere

Cone

Indicator : calculation of hydraulic parameters

Hydrostatic

Absolute gauge’s pressure

Hydrostatic force

Observation


Appropriate application of bending calculation in order to lay

pipe

424

Learning Outcome 3.3:Calculatefluid forces on surfaces referring to select pipes

Calculate fluid forces in pipes Cross section Mass of flow rate Discharge Velocity Pressure Density

o Brainstorming on fluid force calculation

o Group discussion on fluid force calculation

o Demonstration by video on fluid force calculation

o Practical exercises on fluid force calculation

- Notebooks - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search - Calculator





Written evidence

Written evidence


Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Calculate fluid forces in pipes

Cross section

Mass of flow rate

Discharge

Velocity

Pressure

Density

.Observation


3. Apply hydrostatic calculation referring to the flow rate of fluid


425

Learning Outcome 3.5:Apply continuity equation referring to the pipe diameter

Application of continuity equation: Flow rate Flow area Flow velocity

o Brainstorming on continuity equation calculation

o Group discussion on continuity equation calculation

o Demonstration by video on continuity equation calculation

o Practical exercises on continuity equation calculation

- Notebooks - Computer - Pens - Books - Internet search - Calculator





Written evidence


questioning

Problem solving

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Continuity application

Flow rate

Flow area

Flow velocity


Proper applicationof continuity equation referring to the pipe diameter


426

Observation

427

Reference books:

Acheson, D. J. (1990). Elementary Fluid Dynamics. Clarendon Press. ISBN 0-19-859679-0.

Batchelor, G. K. (1967). An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-

66396-2.

Chanson, H. (2009). Applied Hydrodynamics: An Introduction to Ideal and Real Fluid Flows. CRC

Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Leiden, The Netherlands, 478 pages. ISBN 978-0-415-49271-3.

Clancy, L. J. (1975). Aerodynamics. London: Pitman Publishing Limited. ISBN 0-273-01120-0.

Lamb, Horace (1994). Hydrodynamics (6th ed.). Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-45868-

4. Originally published in 1879, the 6th extended edition appeared first in 1932.

Landau, L. D.; Lifshitz, E. M. (1987). Fluid Mechanics. Course of Theoretical Physics (2nd ed.).

Pergamon Press. ISBN 0-7506-2767-0.

Milne-Thompson, L. M. (1968). Theoretical Hydrodynamics (5th ed.). Macmillan. Originally published

in 1938.

Pope, Stephen B. (2000). Turbulent Flows. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-59886-9.

Shinbrot, M. (1973). Lectures on Fluid Mechanics. Gordon and Breach. ISBN 0-677-01710-3.

Nazarenko, Sergey (2014), Fluid Dynamics via Examples and Solutions, CRC Press (Taylor & Francis

group), ISBN 978-1-43-988882-7

Anderson, J.D. (2016), "Some reflections on the history of fluid dynamics", in Johnson,

R.W., Handbook of fluid dynamics (2nd ed.), CRC Press, ISBN 9781439849576

Darrigol, O.; Frisch, U. (2008), "From Newton's mechanics to Euler's equations", Physica D: Nonlinear

Phenomena, 237 (14–17): 1855–1869, Bibcode:2008PhyD..237.1855D, doi:10.1016/j.physd.2007.08.003



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Batchelor




https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hubert_Chanson





https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Horace_Lamb




https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lev_Landau

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Evgeny_Lifshitz

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Course_of_Theoretical_Physics









https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_D._Anderson

https://books.google.com/books?id=TQfYCwAAQBAJ&pg=PA2-1&q=Anderson



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bibcode

http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2008PhyD..237.1855D


https://doi.org/10.1016%2Fj.physd.2007.08.003

428

P L B S D 5 0 1 - SPRINKLER AND WATER DECORATION SYSTEMS

PLBSD501 Install sprinkler and decoration systems


Credits: 6 : 60




Purpose statement

This module describes knowledge and skills required to perform sprinkler installation and water

decoration installation systems.

429


N/A



Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the

learning unit.


1. Prepare the work place 1.1.Proper selection of water source according to the delivery point

1.2. Proper location of delivery point refer to the discharge for water decoration

1.3.Proper selection of sprinkler systems and water decoration type

1.4.Proper sketch of sprinkler and decoration system referring to the work

1.5. Proper selection of tools, materials and equipment related to the task

Perform sprinkler systems 2.1.Proper setting out sprinklers zones

2.2. Proper connection of laterals to the mainline or sub mainlines according to quantity of water

2.3. Proper testing of sprinkler system

Perform water decoration systems (Water Fountain)

3.1.Proper application of water decoration techniques

3.2 Proper testing of sprinkler system

3.3.Proper handover the work

430

LU 1: Prepare the work place

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Select water source according to the delivery point 2. Locate delivery point referring to the discharge for water

decoration 3. Select sprinkler systems and water decoration types 4. Sketch sprinkler and decoration system referring to the work 5. 5. Select tools, Materials and Equipment related to the task 10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Select water source according to the delivery point

Types of water Sources Surface source Underground source Rain water

Factors affecting the distance from the source to delivery point Topography Distance Types of pipes and

fittings Types of water loss

o Demonstration by video on water source

o Practical exercises on slope and calculation of losses

- Book - Papers - Pen - Internet



431



Written evidence

Oral evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Water source was selected according to the delivery point

Surface source

Underground source

Rain water

Indicator: Factors affecting the distance from the source to delivery point

Topography

Distance

Types of pipes and fittings

Types of water loss

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.2: Locate delivery point referring to the discharge for water decoration

Setting out methods Prismatic method 3,4 and 5 method Topographic method

Determine Volume of the pond Length Width

o Demonstration by video/picture on setting out methods

o Practical exercises on setting out methods

o Brainstorming and group discussion on setting out methods

- Pens - Levels - Notebooks - Watch - Bucket


Content

Performance criterion Proper selection of water source according to the delivery point

432

Height




Oral evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Delivery point referring to the discharge for water decoration is located

Angle

Altitude

Slope

Coordinates

Distance

Size of pond

Shape of pond

Indicator: Factors affecting the Water from the source to delivery point

Topography

Distance

Types of pipes and fittings

Types of water loss

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Select sprinkler systems and water decoration types


Proper Location of the delivery point referring to the discharge for water

decoration

433

Types of sprinkler Residential sprinkler

Large area rotor Rotating stream

spray Small area fan spray

Industrial sprinkler Irrigation sprinkler

Types of residential and industrial sprinkler system Dry system Wet system Deluge system Pre-action system

Types of sprinkler heads Side walls Pendants Upright Special coverage

Type of sprinkler irrigation system Center pivot Traveler (soft hose) Hand move Side roll Solidset

Types ornamental water features Indoor

Sea bubbler Water wall Spray Mist

Outdoor Moulded pond Constructed pond

Pumps Type of pumps

Submerssible pump Characteristics of the

pump Delivery head

o Demonstration by video on the type and sprinkler system

o Practical exercises on the type and sprinkler system

o Field visit/trip on industrial sprinkler system

- Books - Computer - Chalk - Pens - Papers - Chalkboards


434

Power Discharge

Install check valve




Written evidence

oral evidence

Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sprinkler systems and water decoration types selected

Indoor decoration

Outdoor decoration

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.4: Sketch sprinkler and decoration system referring to the work

Conventional signs for sprinkler

Drawing symbols Pipe work drawing

Hand sketch drawing of sprinkler systems


o Practical exercises on building and plumbing signals


- Books - Computer - Chalk - Pens - Papers - Chalkboards



Proper Selection of sprinkler systems and water decoration type

435




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence


Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sprinkler and water decoration system referring to the work sketched

Symbols of fitting location

Shapes

Dimensioning

Neatness

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.5: Select tools,materials and equipment related to the task

Types of pipes and their use

PVC Steel pipes Copper pipes Concrete pipes

o Demonstration by video on types of pipes

o Brainstorming and group discussion on types of pipes

o Practical exercises on types of pipes

- PVC - Steel pipes - Copper pipes - Concrete pipes - Threading machine - Solvent glue



Proper Sketching of sprinkler and decoration system referring to the work

436

PE PB PPR

Type of pipe joining Flange joining Thread joining Rubber Ring Solvent glue joining Fusion welding

Identification of plumbing and construction tools

Different plumbing and construction equipment

o Demonstration by video o Practical exercises on

plumbing and construction tools.

o Brainstorming and group discussion on plumbing and construction tools




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Tools, materials and equipment related to the task selected

Relevant material

Relevant tools

Relevant equipment

Observation


Proper selection of tools, materials and equipment related to the task

437

LU 2: Perform sprinkler systems

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set out sprinklers into Zones 2. Connect laterals to the mainline or sub mainlines according to

quantity of water 3. Test sprinkler system

20Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Set out sprinklers

Resources

Learning activities Content

438

Indicate sprinkler head location

Sketch sprinkler layout

Indicate horse Reel location

o Demonstration by video on the type and sprinkler head system

o Practical exercises on the type and sprinkler system installation

o Group discussion on the type of fittings

- PVC - Steel pipes - Copper pipes - Concrete pipes - Threading machine - Solvent glue




Written evidence

Oral evidence



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sprinklers are set

Alignment

Sprinklers in place

Spraying angle

Observation


Proper setting out sprinklers zones

439

Learning Outcome 2.2: Connect laterals to the mainline or sub mainlines according to quantity of water

Types of pipes and fittings mostly Use in laterals PVC Polyethylene Brass fitting PVC fitting

Install backflow preventer device

o Demonstration by video on the type and sprinkler head system

o Practical exercises on the type and sprinkler system installation

o Group discussion on the type of fittings

- Workshop - Pens - Books - Papers - Internet - Video aid




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Laterals and fire post to the mainline or sub mainlines according to quantity of water are Connected

Position of laterals in the system

Laterals buried at enough depth

Water reaches valve

Backflow preventer device

Electronic Controllers

Water meter

Pressure gauge


Proper connection of laterals to the mainline or sub mainlines according to

quantity of water


440

Observation

Learning Outcome 2. 3: Test sprinkler systems

Different tests on sprinkler system : Pressure Test Leakage test


o Practical exercises on the type and sprinkler system


- Levels - Notebooks - Watch - Bucket




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sprinkler system tested

Pressure loss

Flow rate

Leakage

Alignment

Pressure head


Proper Testing of the system


441

Observation

LU 3: Perform Water decoration system (Water Fountain)

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply water decoration techniques 2. Test decoration system 3. Handover the work

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply water decoration techniques


442

Install ornamental water features

Indoor Sea bubbler Water wall Spray Mist

Outdoor Moulded pond Constructed pond

o Demonstration by video/picture on ornamental water features

o Brainstorming and group discussion on ornamental water features

- Book - Pen - Papers - Internet - Video aide - computer



performance criterion has been achieved


Product evidence



Matching Exercises


Sentence completion.

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Indoor ornamental water features applied

Sea bubbler

Water wall

Spray

Mist

Indicator: Outdoor ornamental water features applied

Constructed pond

Moulded pond

Observation


Proper applying of water decoration techniques

443

Learning Outcome 3.2: Test decoration system

Test of the Work Valves Gauges Pump Backflow preventer Water meter

o Demonstration by video/picture on ornamental water features

o Brainstorming and group discussion on ornamental water features

- Bubble level - Pens - Computer - Papers - Books





product evidence



Matching Exercises



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Water decoration system tested

Shape

Size

Set backs

Mist

Colour

System works

Indicator: Outdoor ornamental water features applied

Constructed pond

Moulded pond

Observation


Proper testing of Water decoration system


444

Learning Outcome 3.3: Handover the work

Inspection and Maintenance Requirements Inspection plan Maintenance plan

Report the Work Final layout work plan Execution period

o Demonstration by video/picture on time to maintain the system

o Brainstorming and group discussion on backflow preventer repair and installation

o Practical exercises on backflow preventer repair and installation

- Books - Pens - Paper - Pincer - Spanners - Pipe wrench - Dividers





Written evidence


Oral evidence


Matching Exercises



Checklist Score

Yes No


Final layout work plan

Execution period

Observation


Proper Handover of the work


445

446



Muhabura Integrated Polytechnic College located in Musanze district in the place known as Muhoza camp on the road Musanze Cyanika wants to install a sprinkler system for making fire hydrant system in its storyed building and a water decoration (fountain) in front of administration office in the garden of 20x150m and the source of water is located at 20m from the office. Inspire construction company was awarded a contract of implementing the project and you are chosen as a plumber to perform the following tasks:

1. Prepare free hand sketch of the installation

2. Estimate the cost of the work

3. Installation of the fountain andfire hydant system in the campus

As plumber you are requested to perform those tasks within 8 hours.

- PPE - Drawing instruments - Water tank - PPR pipes 3/4 inch - Fittings 3/4 inch - Digging tools - PPR welding machine - Threading machine - Cutting tools/equipment - Teflon - Laterals - Water pump - Electrical wires - Electrical tools - Ladders - scaffoldings

447


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sketch of decoration and sprinkler system is done

Symbols

Shapes

Dimensioning

Neatness

Indicator: Selection of tools, Materials and Equipment is done

PPE

Water tank

PPR pipes 3/4 inch

Fittings 3/4 inch

Digging tools

PPR welding machine

Threading machine

Cutting tools/equipment

Teflon

Laterals

Water pump

Electrical wires

Electrical tools

Indicator: Location of delivery point and discharge are done

Length of pipes

Pipe diameter

Dimension of the garden (20x150m)

Indicator: Trench is dug

20 m length

Depth

Width

Slope

Indicator: setting out sprinklers Zones is performed

Pegs

Dimensions

Building lines

Profile

Flags

Indicator: Test of the system is done

Leakage

Pressure

448

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Pipe connection is done

Joints

Positioning of pipes

Positioning of fittings

Indicator: Pump connection is done

Delivery (outlet) pipe connection

Wiring connection

Positioning of the pump

Fixing of the pump

Indicator: connection of lateralsand post is done

Position of head

Arrangement of lateral pipes

Position of Main pipe

Manholes

Position of hydrant post

Indicator: Water decoration techniques are applied

Continuity of water circulation

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Duration is respected

8 hours

Indicator: Dimensions are respected

20X150m

Indicator: Distance between source and fountain respected

20 m

Indicator: Performance of the system

Leakage

Pressure

Observation

449


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: PPE is used

Overall

Safety shoes

Helmet

Indicator: Workplace is clear

Trench is backfilled

Tools and remaining materials are arranged in store

Removal of unwanted materials

Observation

Reference books: Booher L.J. 1974 Surface Irrigation. Land and Water Development Division, FAO, Rome.

Jensen M.E. 1983 (ed). Design and operation of farm irrigation systems. Revised Printing. Amer. Soc. Agr.

Engr. Mono. No. 3. St. Joseph, Michigan. 840 p.

Kay M. 1986 Surface Irrigation: Systems and Practice. Cranfield Press, Bedford, UK.

Kay M. 1983 Sprinkler Irrigation: Equipment and Practice. Batsford, London.

Nakayoma F.S. and Bucks D.A. 1986 (eds). Trickle Irrigation for Crop Production: Design, Operation and

Management. Elsevier, New York. 393 p.

Vermeiren L. and Jobling G.A. 1980 Localized irrigation: design, installation, operation and evaluation.

Irrigation and Drainage Paper 36, FAO, Rome.

Stern P.H. 1979 Small Scale Irrigation: A Manual of Low Cost Water Technology. Intermediate

Technology Publications, London.

Withers B. and Vipond S. 1974 Irrigation: Design and Practice. (1st ed.). Batsford, London.

450

P L B S I 5 0 1 - SWIMMING POOL INSTALLATION

PLBSI501 Perform Swimming Pool


Credits: 5 50




Purpose statement


Perform Swimming Pool Installation; identify tools and equipment, apply recycling of water

installation and maintain swimming pool system.

451


N/A




of the learning unit. By the end of the module, the trainee will be able to:


1. Prepare the workplace

1.1. Appropriate sketching of the installation referring to the work

1.2. Correct location of water source according to the delivery point distance

1.3. Proper identification of tools, materials and equipment related to the task

1.4. Proper selection of pump according to the pressure head

8. Perform swimming pool Pipe work 8.1. Appropriate power connection of pump according to the pump specifications

8.2. Proper connection of supply pipe to the pump in order to boost water pressure

8.3. Proper connection of suction pipe from the pump delivering water from swimming pool to the filter

9. Test the swimming pool installation 9.1. Appropriate delivery discharge of water to the swimming pool referring to quantity of water

9.2. Proper checking of leakage of the system according to the fittings

9.3. Proper checking of pump fixing and pipes connection referring to the pump basement and fittings

10. Handover swimming pool

installation

10.1. Correct report of the work done referring to the task performed

10.2. Neat schedule of swimming pool installation maintenance

10.3. Proper cleaning and storage of tools and equipment used

452

LU 1:Prepare the workplace

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Sketch the installation referring to the work 2. Locate water source according to the delivery point distance 3. dentify tools, materials and equipment related to the task

10Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Sketch the installation referring to the work

Interpret swimming pool drawings installation.

Symbols Dimensions lines

Sketch of swimming pool layout

o Brainstorming on swimming pool installation

o Group discussion on swimming pool installation

o Demonstration on swimming pool installation

- Pencil - Ruler - Rubber - Curved rulers - Ink pens - Ink bottle - Square - Angle measurement





Appropriate sketching of the installation referring to the work


453


Written evidence


Product Evidence

Multiple choice exercises Sentence completion Observation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Sketch of swimming pool installation

Symbols

Dimensions

Lines

Observation

Learning Outcome1.2: Locate water source according to the delivery point distance

Quantity of the water delivered from source

Distance from water source to the swimmingpool

Distance from water source to the inspection chambers

o Practical exerciseson Locating of water source and delivery point

o Brainstorming on Locating of water source and delivery point

o Group discussion on Locating of water source and delivery point

o Demonstration on Locating of water source and delivery point

- Book - Internet - Pipes handout notes - Pencil - Paper - Rubber - Sharpener





Correct location of water source according to the delivery point distance


Content

454


Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:water source are located

Quantity of the water source

Distance from water source to the swimming pool


Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Identify tools, materials and equipment related to the task

Different types of filters:

Sand filter

Cartridge filter

De filter

Tools and materials

Different types of pumps:

Centrifugal pump

Reciprocating pump

Rotary pump

Semi-rotary pump


identification of tools and

material related to the task.

o Brainstorming on

identification of tools and

material related to the task.

o Group discussion on identification of tools and material related to the task.

- Pipe cutter

- Pipes

- Tubes

- Accessories

- Bench

- Vice

- Bending machine

- Spanners

- Centrifugal pump

- Reciprocating pump

- Rotary pump

- Semi-rotary pump.

- Books

- Internet

- Hack saw


455





Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Filters are differentiated

Sand filter

Cartridge filter

De filter

Indicator:Types of pumps are differentiated

Centrifugal pump

Reciprocating pump

Rotary pump

Semi-rotary pump

Observation


Proper identification of tools, materials and equipment related to the task

456

LU 2:Perform swimming pool System

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Fix the water pump on the basement 2. Connect suction, delivery pipe to the pump with a foot valve on

sunction pipe. 3. Connect suction pipe from swimming pool to the filter 4. Connect Power supply to the pump according to its specifications

20Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Fix the water pump on the basement

Perform a frame basement for the pump

Different types of bolt and nuts

o Visit different plumbing sites and factories

o Observe different tools, materials and equpment

o Practical exercises of fixing pumps even unused pumps.

- Pump - Angle line - Spanners - Welding machine,

electrode, bench and engineering vice

- Tape measure - Different types of bolts

and nuts.



Proper fixation of the water pump on the basement


Content

457




Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: frame basement for the pump is performed

Water is well fixed on the basement

Bolts and nuts are well tightned on both frame and pump

Indicator: types of bolts and nuts are differentiated

10, 12, 13, 14, 17, 19, 21, 24, 27

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.1: Connect power supply to the pump according to its specifications

Types of cross section of wires 1.5mm2 2.5mm2 4mm2

Pumps specification: Pump capacity Pump classification

Type of electrical connections: Pump with single

phase motor.

o Brainstorming on Power connection of pump according to the pump specifications

o Group discussion on Power connection of pump according to the pump specifications

o Demonstration on Power connection of pump according to the pump specification

- Pump - Filters - Pipes - Fittings - Valves - Books - Phase tester - Sensor switch - Fuses and circuit

breakers - Electrical tools kit - Intermediate switch


Content

458

Pump with three phases motor





Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:cross section of wires is identified

1.5mm2

2.5mm2

4mm2

Indicator:Pumps specification

Pump capacity

Pump classification

Pump capacity

Indicator:Electrical connections

Pump with single phase motor.

Pump with three phases motor

Observation


Appropriate power connection of pump according to the pump

specifications

459

8. Learning Outcome 2.2: Connect suction, delivery pipe to the pump with a foot valve

Different methods of joining

Checking pressure with manometers or pressure gauge

Checking of leakages Types of test:

Smoke Water pressure Air compressor

Materials for suction and delivery pipe .

pipes and fittings Control valve Non return valves Pressure control

o Brainstorming on Connect suction pipe to the pump in order to boost water pressure

o Practical exercises on testing using pressure gauge

o Practical exercises on testing using the pump and compressor

o Practical exercises on testing using smoke, water pressure and air compressor.

- Pump - Filters - Pipes - Fittings - Valves - Books - hack saw - pipe cutter - dies stock - pipe vice - blow lamp - spanners





Written evidence


Product Evidence



Proper Connection of suction, delivery pipes to the pump with a foot

valve on suction


460

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Pump fittings are used

Pipes and fittings

Control valve

Non return valves

Pressure control

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3: Connect suction pipe from swimming pool to the filter

Identification of flow direction

Suction pot Delivery pot

Allocation of the pump according to:

Basement Power supply Suction point Delivery point

Fixing of the pump to the fittings

Function of filter

o Practical exercise on suction pump connection from swimming pool to the filter

o Brainstorming on suction pump connection from swimming pool to the filter

o Group discussion on suction pump connection from swimming pool to the filter

o Demonstration on suction pump connection from swimming pool to the filter

-Pump -Filters -Pipes -Fittings -Valves






Proper connection of outlet pipes to the suction pump in order perform the

recycling of water


461

Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Identification of flow direction

Suction pot

Delivery pot

Indicator:Pump are allocated

Basement

Power supply

Suction point

Delivery point

Observation

462

LU 3:Test the swimming pool installation

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Check leakage of the system according to the fittings 2. Check pump fixing and pipes connection referring to the pump

basement and fittings

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Check leakage of the system according to the fittings

Types of tests done Water pressure Air compressor

o Brainstorming on checking of leakage

o Group discussion on checking of leakage

o Demonstration on checking of

leakage

- Compressor - Books - Water - Pump



Appropriate delivery discharge of water to the swimming pool referring to

quantity of water


463




Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Water pressure test is done

Water pressure

Air compressor

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2: Check pump fixing and pipes connection referring to the pump

basement and fittings

Fixing pump to the basement Bolting Holes

o Brainstorming on pump stability o Group discussion on pump

stability o Demonstration on pump stability

- Bolt - Nut - Books - Pump - Spanners





Proper checking of leakage of the system according to the fittings


464


Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Pump is fixed

Tightness

Straightness

Observation

465

LU 4:Handover swimming pool installation

4

Learning Outcomes:

1. Report the work done referring to the task performed 2. Schedule swimming pool installation maintenance 3. Clean and store tools and equipment used

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 4.1: Report the work done referring to the task performed

Swimming pool installation illustration

Installation layout

o Brainstorming on Swimming pool installation illustration

o Group discussion on Swimming pool installation illustration

o Demonstration on Swimming pool installation illustration

- Papers - Pens - Computer





Correct report of the work done referring to the task performed


466


Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Swimming pool installation illustration is done

Installation layout

Equipment condition

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.2: Schedule swimming pool maintenance

Filter maintenance

Time to remove and to refill water in the swimming pool

Pump maintenance: Oiling and greasing of

motion party Checking air chamber Checking the non

return valves and foot valves

Check electrical wiring

o Brainstorming on swimming pool maintenance

o Group discussion on swimming pool maintenance

o Demonstration on swimming pool maintenance

o Practical exercise on swimming pool maintenance

- Oil - Grease - Spanners - Tester (electrical) - Multimeter



Neat schedule of swimming pool installation maintenance


467




Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Pump maintenance is done

Oiling and greasing of motion party

Checking air chamber

Checking the non-return valves and foot valves

Observation

Learning Outcome 4.3: Clean and store tools and equipment used

Methods of cleaning Techniques of cleaning Arrangement of tools

and equipment

o Group discussion on methods of cleaning

o Practical exercise on clean and store tools and equipment used

- Oil - Rags - Brushes - Products - Soaps





Proper cleaning and storage of tools and equipment used


468


Written evidence


Product Evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Storage of tools are done

Arrangement of tools

Arrangement of equipment

Cleanness

Observation

469



La Palme hotel located in Musanze District ordered a tender in IMVAHO news paper No 2351, to install swimming pool which has a rectangular shape that has a volume of 192 m3, the distance between swimming pool and water source is 90m.DENCO Limited has won the tender of performing that task; the chief maintenance technician request you as a plumber to perform the work within 7 hours.

- The length of swimming pool is 10m

- The width is 6.4m

- Height is 3m

Using the given dimensions, sketch that swimming pool installation layout and then install it

- Sketch of swimming pool installation - Pump - Filters - Pipes - Fittings - Valves - Phase tester - Sensor switch - Fuses and circuit breakers - Electrical tools kit - Intermediate switch - hack saw - pipe cutter - dies stock - pipe vice - blow lamp - spanners - Bolt - Nut - Oil - Rags - Brushes - Products - Soaps - Tubes - Accessories - Bench - Vice - Bending machine - Water

470


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Sketching of the installation referring to the work is done

Sketch of swimming pool installation

Dimensioning

Types of lines

Neatness

Symbols

Indicator: Location of water source according to the delivery point distance is done

Symbols

Quantity of water source

The distance between swimming pool and water source is 90m


Indicator: Tools, materials and equipment related to the task are Identified

Tools

Materials

Equipment

Indicator: Selection of Pump according to the pressure head is done

Capacity

Function

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: selection the pump is done.

Type of the pump

Single phase pump

Three phase pump

Indicator: Power connection of pump according to the pump specifications is done.

Routing of cables

Wiring connection

471

Wiring insulation

Running of the pump

Protection of circuit by using circuit breaker

Indicator: Connection of communication pipe to the pump is done

Different methods of joining

Type of Pipes

Suction pipe

Discharge pipe

Type of fittings

Eccentric reducer

Indicator: Pump is sucked

Water pressure

Leakage

Indicator: Checking of pump fixing and pipes connection referring to the pump basement and fittings is respected

Bolting

Tightening

Sealing

Indicator: connection of suction pump from swimming pool to the filter is performed

pipping

fittings

joining methods.

Eccentric reducer

Indicator: Report of the work done referring to the task performed is done

Swimming pool installation illustration

Equipment condition

Indicator: Neat schedule of swimming pool installation maintenance is done

Oiling and greasing of motion parts

Checking air chamber

Position of safety valve

Check electrical current

Indicator: Cleaning and storage of tools and equipment used are done

Cleanness of tools and equipment

Storage of equipment

Observation

472


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: installation sketch is done

Neatness

dimensions

symbols

Indicator: Sucking of water is done

Leakage

Water Pressure to the outlet

Level of water in swimming pool


7 hours

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: PPE is used (Tools status are checked before starting the work

Overall

Gloves

Safety boots

Safety glasses

Dust mask


Status of Tools, equipment and materials

Indicator: Working environment is prepared

First aid kit

Cleanliness

Observation

473

Reference:

1. "Great Bath, Mohenjo-daro".

2. "Gaius Maecenas, or Gaius Cilnius Maecenas (Roman diplomat and patron)". Britannica Online

Encyclopedia.

3. "Virtual Library: Anuradhapura".

4. "Lidos: Links and References". Archived from the original on 23 February 2015. Retrieved 19 April

2015.

5. "Historical Titbits". Maidstone Swimming Club. Retrieved 26 October 2011.

6. The City of Oxford Swimming Club, History

7. "TGOL - Adriatic". Archived from the original on 11 June 2015.

8. Belmont Historical Society; et al. (2000). Belmont. Charleston, SC: Arcadia Publishing. p. 8. ISBN

978-0738504667. Retrieved 15 November 2016.

9. "HistoricPlaces.ca - Recherche".

10. Berlin, Jeremy. "Big Dipper: The World's Largest Pool". National Geographic Magazine blog

central. Archived from the original on 15 January 2011. Retrieved 16 January 2011.

11. "World's Largest Swimming Pool". Guinness World Records. Archived from the original on 13

January 2008. Retrieved 24 January 2008.

12. Edmonton.com: Travel, Tourism & Leisure Archived 1 March 2007 at the Wayback Machine.

accessed 15 April 2007

13. "Dive into the world's deepest swimming pool at 130ft".

14. BBC, World's deepest pool set to open accessed 15 April 2007

15. "San Francisco Zoological Society - About the Zoo - Historic Sites". The San Francisco Zoo.

Archived from the original on 9 January 2012. Retrieved 10 March 2008.

16. "Kąpieliskomiejskie - Elbląg" (in Polish). MOSiRElbląg. Retrieved 13 November 2012.

17. "DESTRUCTION (1931-1990)". Archived from the original on 1 April 2015. Retrieved 19 April

2015.

18. Applebaum, Yoni (8 June 2015). "McKinney, Texas, and the Racial History of American Swimming

Pools". The Atlantic. Retrieved 8 June 2015.

19. "Pool Safety Guidelines". Retrieved 19 April 2015.

20. "FR 3 swimming pools for Olympic Games and world championships". Federation Internationale

de la Natation. Retrieved 30 January 2018.

21. "Zesiger pool design", Zesiger sports and fitness center, MIT, accessed 4 February 2007

22. "Stories from the Yamba ocean pool". ABC News. 1 December 2005. Archived from the original

on 30 May 2006. Retrieved 28 December 2006.

23. Kurutz, Steven (5 April 2007). "From Europe, a No-Chlorine Backyard Pool". The New York Times.

Retrieved 22 May 2009.

24. "Get Inspired: Swimming Pools: Types, Designs, and Styles". The Spruce. Retrieved 2017-08-25.

25. sahatchaiw.com. "The theory of colors of water in the swimming pool" (PDF) by Sahatchai

Wanawongsawad

474

26. JmaiffBlackstock, Lindsay K.; Wang, Wei; Vemula, Sai; Jaeger, Benjamin T.; Li, Xing-Fang (1

March 2017). "Sweetened Swimming Pools and Hot Tubs". Environmental Science & Technology

Letters. 4 (4): 149. doi: 10.1021/acs.estlett.7b00043. Lay summary (1 March 2017). open access

publication – free to read

27. Department of Energy: Conserving Energy and Heating your Swimming Pool with Solar Energy

(PDF)

28. "EERE Consumer's Guide: Swimming Pool Covers". Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable

Energy. Retrieved 20 October 2007.

29. "Closing Your Pool". Archived from the original on 24 September 2011. Retrieved 19 April 2015.

30. Mott, TF; Latimer, KM (1 April 2016). "Prevention and Treatment of Drowning". American Family

Physician. 93 (7): 576–82. PMID 27035042.

31. M. Faller and P. Richner: "Material selection of safety-relevant components in indoor swimming

pools", Materials and Corrosion 54 (2003) pp. 331–338. (only online in German (3.6 MB)) (ask for

a copy of the English version)

32. "Visit Reykjavík - The official tourist website of Reykjavik". Archived from the original on 1

December 2010. Retrieved 24 December 2009., accessed 24 December 2009.

475

P L B W C 5 0 1 - WATER CATCHMENT

PLBWC501 Perform water catchment


Credits: 6 60




Purpose statement

This module describes knowledge and skills required to perform water catchment; identify water

sources, collection of water and protection of water source.

PLBWC501 Perform water catchment

476


Chemistry for Plumbing Basic topography. Describe the occupation and learning process Communicate in English Elements of competence and performance criteria


Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the

learning unit.


1. Identify water sources 1.1. Proper identification of types of water sources

1.2. Proper determination water quality and quantity

1.3. Adequate report of water quality and quantity

2. Select tools, equipment and

materials

2.1. Proper identification of types of soil

2.2. Proper selection of materials

2.3. Proper selection of tools and equipment

3. Execute water collection work

3.1. Appropriate application of collection methods

3.2. Proper protection of water source

3.3. Suitable Work testing

477

LU 1:Identify water sources

1

Learning Outcomes:

1.Identify types of water source 2. Determine water quality 3. Report water quality

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Identify types of water source

Description of hydraulic cycle

Types of sources Rain water Surface water Underground water

Measuring water flow quantity according to seasons Methods of

determination surface and ground water

Determination of rainfall

o Demonstration by Video on hydraulic cycle and type of sources

o Practical exercises on measuring water flow

o Brainstorming on type of sources o Site visit/ field trip

- Documentary film - Fire (briket gas,

camping stove...) - Pan - Glass - water - Books - Internet - Papers - Pens - Tape measure



Proper identification of types of water source


478




Written evidence

Oral evidence

Proper identification

Multiple choice exercises Essay Matching Exercises

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Processes of Hydrologic cycle is identified

Precipitation

Infiltration

Runoff

Evapotranspiration

Condensation.

Indicator: Water sources are identified

Rain water

Surface water

Types of Springs

Types of Wells

Borehole

Indicator: Method of measuring water flow according to seasons is applied

Methods of Determination surface and underground water

Indicator: Rain water quantity is determined

Types of rain gauges (pluviometers)

Observation

479

Learning Outcome1.2:Determine water quality.

Physical Properties of water Color Taste Turbidity Odor Temperature

Cause of water quality problems Poor hygiene Lack of sanitation facilities Land use

Factors affecting water quality physicochemical

properties Mode and time of

exposure Environmental factors Interactions among

toxicants in a mixture Biological factors Nutritional factors

Ground water pH determination

o Demonstration by Video on properties of water

o Practical exercises on quality of water

o Brainstorming on properties of water and pH

- Documentary film - Books - Internet - Chemistry laboratory

apparatus - Water - Salt and other

minerals - Papers - Pens





Oral evidence

Product evidence


Performance Evidence

Multiple choice exercise Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion


Proper description of fluid properties


Content

480

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Water quality problems are identified

Poor hygiene

Lack of sanitation facilities

Land use

Indicator: Physical Properties of water are identified

Color

Taste

Turbidity

Odor

Temperature

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Report water quality

Element of water quality report: Color Taste Turbidity Odor Temperature

o Practical exercises on report of water

o Brainstorming on Report of water quality

- Books - Papers - Pens - Computer - Water





Adequate report of water quality


481


Written evidence

Oral evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Physical Properties of water are identified

Color

Taste

Turbidity

Odor

Temperature

Observation

482

LU 2:Select tools, equipment and materials

2

Learning Outcomes:

2. Identify types of soil 3. Select materials 4. Select tools and equipment

10Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1:Identify types of soil

Description of soil formation Define soil Factors affecting

formation of the soil

Soil properties and classification

Designation of soil profile

Atterberg Test Sieve analysis

o Site visit/field trip o Pictures of different type of

soil o Demonstration by video o Practical exercise on

Waterberg test and sieve analysis

o Brainstorming on test of soil and sieve analysis

- Civil Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Soil sample - Video aids - Computer - Workshop





Proper identification of types of soil


Content

483


Written evidence


Oral evidence

Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Factors affecting formation of the soil

Climate factors

Mineral factors

Relief factors

Indicator: Soil properties are classified

Penetration test

Designation of soil profile

Indicator: Atterberg limit Test

Liquidity

Plasticity

Moisture content

Indicator: Sieve analysis Test

Sizes

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Select materials

Classification of clay Lean Clay Silt clay Organic clay Flat clay Sandy clay

Ingredients of concrete

o Site visit to make field test of the clay

o Demonstration by Pictures to see the shape the stone

o Practical exercise for testing the soundness of the stone

o Brainstorming reaction on

- Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Video aids - Computer - Soil sample


484

Water Aggregates Binder

Ingredients of reinforced concrete

Aggregates Binder Steel bars Water

Water proof

Pipe characteristics Nominal Diameter(DN) Nominal Pressure(PN) Strainer

the observed stone shapes o Demonstration by video





Written evidence

Oral evidence

Product evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises True or false questioning Sentence completion Observation checklist

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Clay is classified

Lean Clay

Silt clay

Organic clay

Flat clay

Sandy clay

Indicator: Ingredients of concrete are identified

Aggregates

Binder


Proper selection of materials for water catchment

485

Steel bars

Water

Indicator: Pipe characteristics are described

Nominal Diameter(DN)

Nominal Pressure(PN)

Strainer

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3:Select tools and equipment

Tools and equipment Hand tools Mechanical

equipment Boring Machine Concrete Mixer Excavators Hydraulic

telescope Machine

o Site visit to see mechanical equipment

o Practical exercise to the use of tools

o Brainstorming to distinguish tools to equipment

o Demonstration by video/picture

- Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Hoe - Pick - Shovel - Pang - Computer - Boring Machine - Concrete Mixer - Excavators





Written evidence

Oral evidence



Appropriate preparation of care plan according to type of client condition


486

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Tools and equipment

Hand tools

Mechanical equipment

Observation

487

LU 3:Execute water collection work

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply water collection methods 2. Protect water source 3. Test work done

40 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply water collection methods

Collection of surface water River bank intake by

infiltration drain Float intake Surface water system

Filter

Collection of rain water Type of Pluviometer Roofs catchment area Roof drainage system Rain water supply

system

Ground water collection Type of spring and its

collection Bore hole Types of Wells and its

collection

Excavation method Manual Method

o Site visit to inform on the soil quality and water collection

o Pictures to see collection structures

o Practical exercises on application of water collection method

o Brainstorming to differentiate types of pluviometers

o Demonstration by video o Pictures to show process of

excavation

- Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Boring machine - Workshop


488

Mechanical method





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Surface water collection is done

River bank intake by infiltration drain

Float intake

Surface water system Filter

Indicator: Rain water collection is done

Type of Pluviometer

Roofs catchment area

Roof drainage system

Rain water supply system

Indicator: Ground water collection is done

Type of spring and its collection

Bore hole

Types of Wells and its collection

Type of spring and its collection

Indicator: Excavation method is applied

Manual Method

Mechanical method


Proper application water collection methods

489

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Protect water source

Protection of Erosion and water contamination Bund planted Protective ditch Fencing

o Site visit to inform on the water

source protection o Pictures to see water source

protection o Practical exercise for digging the

ditch and plant grasses

- Civil Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers - Internet





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Protection of Erosion and water contamination is done

Bund planted


Proper protection of water source.


490

Protective ditch

Fencing

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3:Test work done

Test Pressure Test Quality test Quantity test Leak test

o Practical exercise on testing work done

o Brainstorming on testing work done

o Group discussion on testing work done

- Chemistry Laboratory - Books - Pens - Papers - Internet - Bucket





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Test is done

Pressure Test

Quality test

Quantity test


Proper testing of the work done


491

Leak test

Observation



Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Tool, Materials and Equipment are selected

Clay

Gravels

Perforated end pipe


Runda sector located in Kamonyi district is facing lack of drinking water in KAGINA cell but it has been found a spring from KAMITAGARA mountain which is located at 1km from Kagina Village. As professional plumber from Kamonyi District staff you are requested to catch that water and connect water tap for solving such problem within 8hours.

- PPE - Clays - Gravels - Perforated End Pipe - Cement/Lime - Sand - Water - Digging Tools - Hammer - Pipe Vice - Pipe Cutter - Fittings - pH meter - Titrator - Colorimeter - Pipes - Water tap - Dampsheet

492

Cement/lime

Sand

Water

Spade

Wheel Barrow

Hoe

Pick

Hammer

Pang

Hack

Blow lamp

Pipe vice

Fittings and fixtures

pH meter

Titrator

Colorimeter

Indicator: Spring catchment is done

Locate the real position of the source

Collection of the whole quantity of water

Construct retaining walls

Backfill

Fencing

Making the ditch

Bund planted

Test of hardness

Indicator: chlorination of collected water is done

Chlorination

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Test of spring catchment is done

Discharge

No escaped water

pH

Indicator: Water taps are connected

493

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No


7 hours

Indicator: pH is tested

pH < 7


7 hours

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: PPE is used (Tools status are checked before starting the work

Overall

Gloves

Safety boots

Safety glasses

Dust mask


Status of Tools, equipment and materials

Indicator: Working environment is prepared

First aid kit

Cleanliness

Tightening of the tap

Leakage

Position of the water tap

494

Observation

Reference:

1) Rehrl, C., Birk, S., “Hydrological Characterisation and Modelling of Spring Catchments in a

Changing Environment”, Austrian Journal of Earth Sciences, Volume 103, pp 106-117, 2010.

2) Water Engineering and Development Center (WEDC). The Worth of Water: Technical Briefs on Health, Water and Sanitation. Intermediate Technologies, London, 1991.

3) Wang, H. F. and Anderson, M. P., Introduction to Groundwater Modeling. Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 237 pp. 1995

4) Hofkes, E.H. (ed.), Small Community Water Supplies: Technology of Small Water Supply Systems in Developing Countries, IRC Technical Paper No. 18, Wiley & Sons, Chichester, 1983.

5) Jennings, G. D., “Protecting Water Supply Springs”, Water Quality and Water Management. 1996.

6) Kincaid, T. “Where’s the Water Come from? Toward a Water Budget for the Wakulla Spring” GeoHydros, Inc., 2009.

7) Zanzibar water authority 2010, Zanzibar rain water harvesting manual for training of trainers for

domestic supply

8) Boers, Th. M. and J. Ben-Asher. 1982. A review of rainwater harvesting. Agricultural Water

Management 5: 145-158.

9) Critchley, W. and K. Siegert. 1991. Water Harvesting. FAO, Rome, Italy.

10) FAO (Food and Agricultural Organization of the UN), 1994. Water Harvesting for Improved

Agricultural Production. Water Reports 3, Proceedings of the FAO Expert Consultation, Cairo,

Egypt, November 1993, FAO, Rome, Italy.

11) Department of Agriculture, State Development, western Australia, 1992. Water Harvesting,

Improving the reliability of farm dams in western Australian wheatbelt. A booklet. pp. 22.

12) Frasier, G.W. 1990. Runoff Farming: Irrigation Technology of the Future. Pages 404-409 in

Visions of the Future. ASAE Publication 04- 90. American Society of Agricultural Engineers. St.

Joseph, Michigan.

13) Frasier, G.W. and L.E. Myer. 1983. Handbook of Water Harvesting. Agricultural Handbook

No.600. United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, USA.

495

14) Hachum, A.Y. and J.F. Alfaro. 1980. A Physically-Based Model of Water Infiltration in Soil. Utah

Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin 505. Logan, Utah, USA.

15) Hudson, N.W. 1987. Soil and Water Conservation in Semi-Arid Areas. FAO Soils Bulletin 57. FAO,

Rome, Italy.

16) Hutchinson, G.R., and M.A. Garduno (eds.). 1981. Rainfall Collection for Agriculture in Arid and

Semiarid Regions. Proceedings of a Workshop, University of Arizona, USA. Commonwealth

Agricultural Bureaux, UK.

17) Nasr, M. 1999. Assessing Desertification and Water Harvesting in the Middle East and North

Africa. Policy Implication Discussion Paper No. 10. Center for Development Research (ZEF), Bonn,

Germany.

18) Oweis, T.Y. and A.Y. Taimeh. 1996. Evaluation of a small basin water-harvesting system in the

arid region of Jordan. Water Resources Management 10: 21–34.

19) Oweis, T.Y., A. Oberle and D. Prinz. 1998. Determination of potential sites and methods for water

harvesting in central Syria. Advances in GeoEcology 31: 83–88.

20) Oweis, T, A. Hachum, and J. Kijne. 1999. Water Harvesting and Supplemental Irrigation for

Improved Water Use Efficiency. System Wide Initiative on Water Management Paper No. 7.

International Water. Management Institute, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

21) Prinz, D. 1994. Water harvesting - past and future. In: Pereira, L.S. (ed.). Sustainability of

Irrigated Agriculture. Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Workshop. Vimeiro, March

1994. Balkema, Rotterdam.

22) Reij, C., P. Mulder and L. Begemann. 1988. Water Harvesting for Plant Production.World Bank

Technical Paper No. 91, Washington D.C.

23) Sharma, K.D. 1986. Runoff behavior of waterharvesting microcatchment. Agricultural Water

Management 11: 137–144.

24) Stewart, B.A. and J.T. Musick. 1982. Conjunctive use of rainfall and irrigation in semiarid regions.

Advances in Agronomy 1: 1– 24.

25) Tauer, W. and G. Humborg. 1992. Runoff Irrigation in the Sahel Zone. Verlag Josef Margraf

Scientific Books, FR, Germany.

26) UNDP (United Nations Environment Program). 1983. Rain and Storm Water Harvesting in Rural

Areas. Tycooly International Publishing Limited, Dublin.

27) Vorhauer, C.F. and J.M. Hamlett.1996. GIS: a tool for siting farm ponds. Journal of Soil and Water

Conservation 5(5): 434–438.

496

P L B W T 5 0 1 - WASTE WATER TREATMENT

PLBWT501 Perform waste water treatment


Credits: 6 : 60




Purpose statement

This specific module describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to treat

wastewater by using natural and industrial techniques

497

PLBWT501Perform wastewater treatment


N/A







1. Identify wastewater treatment

works

1.1. Appropriate site investigation

1.2. Proper identification of waste water treatment

process

1.3. Proper selection of tools, waste water piping and

chemical products

2. Perform waste water disposal

system

10.4. Proper determination of the slope

10.5. Proper excavatation of the trench

10.6. Proper laying of waste water pipe

3. Carry out wastewater treatment 3.11 Appropriate application of natural techniques of

waste water treatment

3.12 Appropriate application of industrial techniques

of waste water treatment

3.13 Adequate testing of water treated

3.14 Suitable report of the work done

498

LU 1:Identify wastewater treatment works

1

Learning Outcomes:

1. Investigate the site 2. Identify waste water treatment process 3. select tools, waste water piping and chemical products

10 Hours

Learning Outcome 1.1: Investigate the site

Collecting the data Types of soil Source of waste water

Types of waste water Domestic waste water Storm water Industrial waste water Commercial waste water Insitutional waste water

Environmental condition Climate Altitude Weather

Identification of boundary Distance Quantity of waste water

o Visit the site/study trip o Demonstration by video o Group discussion on site

investigation o Brainstorming on site

investigation

- Pens - Papers - Video aids - Tape measure - Pictures - Sketch - Computer



499




Written evidence


Matching Exercises


Essay

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator:Data is collected

Types of soil

Waste water uses

Source of waste water

Indicator: Waste waterare identified

Domestic waste water

Storm water

Industrial waste water

Indicator: Environmental condition are identified

Climate

Altitude

Indicator: Boundary are identified

Distance

Quantity of waste water

Observation

Learning Outcome1.2:Identify waste water treatment process

Resources

Learning activities Content


Appropriate site investigation

500

waste water treatment process Pre-treatment Settling Chemical treatment Biological oxidation Disinfection Sludge conditioning

control and disposal

o Observation for existing system

o Group discussion on waste water treatment process

o Brainstorming on waste water treatment process

o Demonstration by video of waste water treatment process

- Pens - Papers - Video aids - Internet research - Books - Solvents - Mastic - Cement - Na0H(sodium

hydroxide) - H2S04(sulphuric

acid) - HCl(hydrochloric

acid) - Cl(chlorine) - Sodium

hypochlorite - Phosphorus

reagents - Nitrogen reagents - Feric chloride(

FeCl3) - Aluminium

sulphate(Al2S04)





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Matching Exercises


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Process of wastewater treatment

Pretreatment


Proper identification of waste water treatment process

501

Settling

Chemical treatment

Biological oxidation

Disinfection

Sludge conditioning and disposal

Observation

Learning Outcome 1.3: Select tools, waste water piping and chemical products

Tools Blow lamp Split level Tape measure Hammer String Hoe Spade Pick axe Hark saw

Waste water piping Plastic pipes Plastic Fittings Concrete pipe PPR pipes Steel pipes Cast iron

Chemical products Solvents Mastic Cement Na0H(sodium hydroxide) H2S04(sulphuric acid) HCl(hydrochloric acid) Cl(chlorine) Sodium hypochlorite Phosphorus reagents Nitrogen reagents Feric chloride( FeCl3)

Aluminium

sulphateAl2(S04)3

o Observation for existing system

o Group discussion on selection of tools, waste water piping and chemical products

o Brainstorming on selection of tools, waste water piping and chemical products

o Demonstration by video of tools, waste water piping and chemical products

- Blow lamp - Split level - Tape measure - Hammer - String - Concrete pipe - PPR pipes - Hoe - Spade - Steel pipes - Pick axe - Hark saw - Plastic pipes - Plastic Fittings - Solvents - Mastic - Cement - Na0H(sodium hydroxide) - H2S04(sulphuric acid) - HCl(hydrochloric acid) - Cl(chlorine) - Sodium hypochlorite - Phosphorus reagents - Nitrogen reagents - Feric chloride( FeCl3) - Aluminium

sulphateAl2(S04)3


502





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Merging Exercises


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Tools are identified

Blow lamp

Split level

Tape measure

Hammer

String

Indicator: Chemical products are identified

Plastic pipes

Plastic Fittings

Concrete pipe

PPR pipes

Steel pipes

Indicator: Chemical product are identified

Na0H(sodium hydroxide)

H2S04(Sulphuric acid)

HCl(hydrochloric acid)

Cl(chlorine)

Sodium hypochlorite

Nitrogen reagents

Ferric chloride( FeCl3)

Aluminium sulphateAl2(S04)3

Phosphorus reagents

Observation


Proper selection of tools, waste water piping and chemical products

503

504

LU 2: Setting out of waste water piping system

2

Learning Outcomes:

1. Set the slope 2. Excavate the trench 3. Lay waste water pipe

30 Hours

Learning Outcome 2.1: Determine the slope

Slope calculation

Interpretation of slope Percentage Fraction Ratio Radian

Setting out the trench and pegging

o Practical exercises on Setting the slope

o Group discussion on setting out the slope

o Demonstration by video on setting the slope

o Brainstorming on setting out the slope

- Book - Hoe - Tape measure - Nails - Pen - Papers - Hammer - Pegs - Picks - Spades - PPE





Proper setting of the slope


Content

505


Written evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Interpretation of slope

Percentage

Fraction

Ratio

Radiant

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.2:Excavate the trench

Digging of trenches

Remove the soil

Apply safety signs

Bank slide control

o Practical exercises on excavating the trench

o Group discussion on excavating the trench

o Brainstorming on excavating the trench

o Demonstration by video on excavating the trench

- Hoes - Spades - Tape measure - Split level - Building line - pegs - PPE





Proper excavate the trench


506



Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Interpretation of slope

Digging of trenches

Remove the soil

Safety precautions

Observation

Learning Outcome 2.3:Lay waste water pipes

Techniques of joining waste water pipes Compression Pipe socket Butt fusion welding Bedding and

planning

o Practical exercises on laying pipes

o Group discussion on laying waste water pipes

o Demonstration by video on laying waste water pipes

- Textbooks

- internet

- joining materials

,tools and equipment

- Pipes handout notes - Concrete pipe - PPR pipes - Steel pipes



Proper laying of wastewater pipe


507





Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Joining techniques are applied

Compression

Pipe fittings

Butt fusion welding

Observation

508

LU 3:Carry out wastewater treatment

3

Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply natural techniques of waste water treatment 2. Apply industrial techniques of waste water treatment 3. Testing water treated 4. Relevant report of the work done

20 Hours

Learning Outcome 3.1: Apply natural techniques of waste water treatment

Types of waste water zones

In let settling zone Floating and emergent

plants Hydraulic grade line

Open water surface zone Submerged growth

plants Plastic membrane liner

Outlet zone Fully vegeted Floating and emergent

plants

Materials composed natural waste water treatment Plants Soil Microorganisms Rock Sand Gravels Vascular plants

o Practical exercises on natural techniques of waste water treatment

o Group discussion on natural techniques of waste water treatment

o Site visit/stud trip on application natural techniques of waste water treatment

o Demonstration by video natural techniques of waste water treatment

- Plants - Soil - Microorganisms - Rock - Sand - Gravel - Vascular plants - Non –vascular

plants - Textbooks - Internet search - Pens - Note books - Video records


509

Non –vascular plants.





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Product evidence


Matching Exercises

True or false

questioning

Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Joining techniques are applied

Floating and emergent plants

Hydraulic grade line

Submerged growth plants

Plastic membrane liner

Fully vegeted

Floating and emergent plants

Indicator: Materials composed natural waste water treatment are applied

Plants

Soil

Microorganisms

Rock

Sand

Gravels

Vascular plants

Non –vascular plants


Precise checking state of equipment and tools

510

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.2:Apply industrial techniques of waste water treatment

Industrial method

Preliminary treatment bar screen skimmers grit chambers Grinders

Primary treatment Sedimentation trickling bed filters Activated sludge

system

Secondary treatment chemical treatment biological oxidation disinfection sludge conditioning

and disposal processes

o Practical exercises on waste water treatment

o Group discussion on waste water treatment techniques

o Site visit/stud trip on application of waste water treatment techniques

o Demonstration by video waste water treatment techniques

- Textbooks - Internet search - Pens - Note books - Video records - Chemical product - Disinfection





Written evidence

Multiple choice exercises Matching Exercises


Apply industrial techniques of waste water treatment


511

Oral evidence


Product evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Preliminary treatment are applied

Bar screen

Skimmers

Grit chambers

Grinders

Indicator: Primary treatment are applied

Sedimentation

Trick ling bed filters

Activated sludge system

Indicator: Secondary treatment are applied

chemical treatment

biological oxidation

disinfection

sludge conditioning and disposal processes

Observation

Learning Outcome 3.3: Testing water treated

Waste water parameters Physical parameters

Temperature Solids Color Turbidity conductivity

Chemical and Biological parameters

o Practical exercises on waste water treatment test

o Group discussion on waste water treatment test

o Demonstration by video on waste water treatment test

o Visit the site/study trip

- Laboratory equipments and reagents

- Books - Internet research


512

pH dissolved oxygen nitrogen and its

compounds Phosphorus and its

compound Chemical Oxygen

Demand (C.O.D) Biochemical Oxygen

Demand (B.O.D5) Microbiological

parameters Coli forms E-coli





Written evidence

Oral evidence


Product evidence


Matching Exercises


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Waste water parameter are applied

Physical parameters


Microbiological parameters

Observation


Adequate testing of water treated

513

Learning Outcome 3.4: Relevant report of the work done

Writing report for each step of treatment

Conclusion of the measured parameters compared to the standard

Recommendation about the work done if necessary

o Brainstorming on work report o Group discussion on report o Learners are given samples of

written report o Practical exercises on written

report

- Books - Hand out notes - Computer - Pens - papers





Written evidence


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Report are produced

Writing report for each step of treatment

Conclusion of the measured parameters compared to the standard

Recommendation about the work done if necessary


Appropriate application of basic maintenance of equipment and tools


514

Observation



Bank of Kigali headquarters which is located in Nyarugenge district wants to treat its wastewater from sanitary appliances and cleaning services. The distance from septic tank of 10 users per day to the treatment plant is 20 meters. As a plumber you are requested to perform this treatment during 6 hours by using industrial method. The treated water will be reused in its watering gardens. Other related information is given on a plan.

Tools: - Blow lap - Split level - Tape measure - Hammer - string - Hoe - pick axe - hacksaw

Equipment: - Pipe cupper - Pipe heater

Materials - Plastic pipes - Plastic fittings

Chemical product - Solvent - Mastic - Na0H(Sodium

Hydroxide) - H2S04(sulfuric acid) - HCl (Hydrochloric

acid) - Cl (Chlorine) - Phosphorus - Nitrogen - Ferric chloride(Fe Cl3) - Ca(OH)2 (Lime) - Aluminium

sulphateAl2(S04)3

515


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Investigation of the site is done

Waste from W.C

Waste from urinal

Waste from cleaning services

Waste directed to water trap

Distance from septic tank to water treatments plant is 20 meters

Quantity of wastewater: 10 users per day

Labor and materials cost

Indicator: Selection of tools, waste water piping and chemical products are performed

Tools

Blow lamp

Split level

Tape measure

Hammer

String

Hoe

Spade

Pick axe

Hark saw

Waste water piping

Plastic pipes

Plastic Fittings

Chemical products

Solvents

Mastic

Na0H(sodium hydroxide)

H2S04(sulfuric acid)

HCl(hydrochloric acid)

Cl(chlorine)

Phosphorus reagents

Nitrogen reagents

Ferric chloride( FeCl3)

Ca(OH)2 (Lime)

Aluminium sulphateAl2(S04)3

Indicator: Model finishing is done

516

Setting out the trench and pegging

Height of the trench

Length of the trench

Angle of the trench

Indicator: Setting of the slope is performed

Digging of trenches

Removal of soil

Indicator: Excavation of the trench is done

Digging of trenches

Removal of soil

Indicator: Laying of waste water pipe is well performed

Joints

Leakages

Indicator: Industrial techniques of waste water treatment are well performed

Preliminary treatment

Bar screen

Skimmers

Grit chambers

Grinders

Primary treatment

Sedimentation

Trickling bed filters

Activated sludge system

Secondary treatment

Chemical treatment

Biological oxidation

Disinfection

Sludge conditioning and disposal processes

Indicator: Test of water treated is well performed

Physical parameters

Conduct-meter

Turbid-meter

Balance

Filter paper

PH-meter

D.O-meter


Microbiological parameters

517

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: Wastewater treatment is done

No Microbiological parameters like:

Coliforms

E-coli

Physical parameters are analyzed

Colour

Total suspended solid

Conductivity

Odour

Oil and grease

Chemical and Biological Parameters are analyzed

PH

Dissolved oxygen

BOD5 (Biological oxygen demand)

COD (Chemical oxygen demand)

TDS Total dissolved solid

Total nitrogen

Total Phosphorus

Report and recommendation of wastewater treatment work

Observation

518


Checklist Score

Yes No


6 hours

Indicator: Distance from septic tank is respected

20 meters

Indicator: Quality of water has been verified

Watering gardens.

Observation


Checklist Score

Yes No

Indicator: PPE are used Wearing of Overall

Wearing of Gloves

Wearing of Safety Goggles

Leather gloves

Wearing of closed shoes

Indicator: Workplace environment is prepared

Materials in the right place

Equipment in the right place

First Aid Kit in the working area

Fire extinguishers or sand in the working area

Materials in the right place

Indicator: Tools and equipment status are checked

Cleanness of tools and materials

Cables of portable equipment are insulated

No damaged equipment or Tools

Switch off the machine

Observation

519

Reference:

1. H. Zhou and D. W. Smith, Advanced Technologies in Water and Wastewater Treatment, J. Environ. Engg. Sci., 1, 247-264 (2002). 2. N. P. Cheremisinff, Hank Book of Water and Wastewater Treatment Technologies, An Overview of Water and Water Treatments, Butterworth-Heinemann Publication, (2002) pp. 1-60. N. S. Topare et al.: Sewage/Wastewater Treatment…. 24 3. M. Henze, P. Harremoes, Anaerobic Treatment of Wastewater, A Literature Review, Wat. Sci. Technol., 15, 1-101 (1983). 4. T. J. McGhee, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill, New York (1991) pp. 260-287. 5. F. R. Spellman, Spellmann's Standard Handbook for Wastewater Operations, Vol. 1, 2 and 3, Lancaster PA, Technomic Publishers, (1999-2000) pp. 60-80. 6. M. Rosen, T. Welander and A.Lofqvist, Development of a New Process for Treatment of a Pharmaceutical Wastewater, Water Sci. Technol., 37, 251-258 (1998). 7. R. A. Barbose and G. L. Santanna Jr., Treatment of Raw Domestic Sewage in an UASB Reactor, water Research, 23, 1483-1490 (1989). 8. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse. 3rd Ed., New York, McGraw Hill (1991) pp. 35-40. 9. D. R. Rowe and I. H. Abdel-Magid, Handbook of Wastewater Reclamation and Reuse, Boca Raton, Lewis (1995) p. 167. 10. G. Lettinga and L. Hulshoff Pol, New Technologies for Anaerobic Wastewater Treatment, Water Sci. Technol., 18, 41-53 (1986). 11. S. Lakshmana Prabu, T. N. K. Suriyaprakash and J. Ashok Kumar, Wastewater Treatment Technologies, A Review, Pharma Times, 43(5), 55-62 (2011). 12. Abderrahman, W A (2001) ‘Water Demand Management in Saudi Arabia’ in Faruqui, N I, Biswas, A K

and Bino, M J (eds) Water Management in Islam, pp68–78, United Nations University Press, Tokyo

13. Abis, K and Mara, D D (2003) ‘Research on Waste Stabilization Ponds in the United Kingdom – I.

Initial Results from Pilot-scale Facultative Ponds’, Water Science and Technology, vol 48, no 2, pp1–8 (*)

14. ABLB and CTGREF (1979) Lagunage Naturel et Lagunage Aéré: Procédés d’Epuration des Petits

Collectivités, Agence de Bassin Loire–Bretagne and Centre Technique du Génie Rural, des Eaux et des

Fôrets, Orléans

15. Adams, S M (2002) Biological Indicators of Aquatic Ecosystem Health, American Fisheries Society,

Alpharetta, GA

16. Aeration Industries International, Inc (2002) Aire-O2 Triton Aerator/Mixer, available at

http://www.aiero2.com/triton.htm

http://www.aiero2.com/triton.htm

520

17. Afsah, S, Laplante, B and Wheeler, D (1996) Controlling Industrial Pollution: A New Paradigm, Policy

Research Working Paper no 1672, The World Bank, Washington, DC; available at

http://www.worldbank.org/nipr/work_paper/1672/wp1672.pdf

18. Agency for International Development (1982) Constructing Stabilization Ponds, Water for the World

Technical Note no SAN 2.C.5, Agency for International Development, Washington, DC; available at

http://www.lifewater.org/wfw/san2/san2c5.pdf

19. Agunwamba, J C (2001) ‘Analysis of Socioeconomic and Environmental Impacts of Waste Stabilization

Pond and Unrestricted Wastewater Irrigation: Interface with maintenance’, Environmental

Management, vol 27, no 3, pp463–476 (*)

20. Agunwamba, J C (2002) ‘Optimal Design for Dispersion Experiments’, Water Research, vol 36, no 18,

pp4570–4582 (*)

21. Akrivos, J, Mamais, D, Katsara, K and Andreakis, A (2000) ‘Agricultural Utilization of Lime Treated

Sewage Sludge’, Water Science and Technology, vol 42, no 9, pp203–210 (*)

22. Al-Salem, A A and Lumbers, J P (1987) ‘An Initial Evaluation of Al Samra Waste Stabilization Ponds

(Jordan)’, Water Science and Technology, vol 19, no 12, pp33–37

23. Albertson, O E (1995) ‘Is CBOD5 Test Viable for Raw and Settled Wastewater?’, Journal of

Environmental Engineering, American Society of Civil Engineers, vol 121, no 7, pp515–520 (*)

24. Amahmid, O, Asmama, S and Bouhoum, K (2002) ‘Urban Wastewater Treatment in Stabilization

Ponds: Occurrence and removal of pathogens’, Urban Water, vol 4, no 3, pp255–262 (*)

25. American Public Health Association (1998) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 20th ed, American Public Health Association, Washington, DC; additional methods

available at http//www.techstreet.com/stan_methgate.tmpl

26. Arceivala, S J (1981) Wastewater Treatment and Disposal: Engineering and Ecology in Pollution

Control, Marcel Dekker, New York

27. Arceivala, S J and Alagarsamy, S R (1970) ‘Design and Construction of Oxidation Ditches under Indian

Conditions’ in Sastry, C A (ed) Low Cost Waste Treatment, pp172–184, Central Public Health Engineering

Research Institute, Nagpur

28. Archer, H E and Mara, D D (2003) ‘Waste Stabilization Pond Developments in New Zealand’, Water

Science and Technology, vol 48, no 2, pp9–16 (*)

29. Arridge, H, Oragui, J I, Pearson, H W, Mara D D and Silva, S A (1995) ‘Vibrio cholerae O1 and

Salmonellae Removal Compared with the Die-off of Faecal Indicator Bacteria in Waste Stabilization

Ponds in Northeast Brazil’, Water Science and Technology, vol 31, no 12, pp249–256 (*)

30. Arthur, J P (1983) Notes on the Design and Operation

http://www.worldbank.org/nipr/work_paper/1672/wp1672.pdf

http://www.lifewater.org/wfw/san2/san2c5.pdf

a

GLOSSARY

Assessment: A process of gathering and judging

evidence in order to decide whether a person

has attained a standard of performance.

Assessment criteria: Statements which describe

performances and place them in context with

sufficient precision to allow valid and reliable

assessment.

Best practice: Management practices and work

processes that lead to outstanding or top-class

performance and provide examples for others.

Competency standard: An industry-determined

specification of performance which sets out the

skills, knowledge and attitudes required to

operate effectively in employment.

Competency standards are made up of units of

competency, which are themselves made up of

elements of competency, together with

performance criteria, a range of variables, and

an evidence guide.

Competency: means the ability to apply

knowledge, skills and personal, social and

methodological skills in the workplace or

during learning, as well as in personal and

professional development. This ability or

capacity is acquired through leaning, exposure

to the tasks and series of training allowing one

to perform specific task autonomously. Reason

why in the context of the CBE Framework

competencies are described as responsibility

and independence.

Competency-based assessment (or CBA): The

gathering and judging of evidence in order to

decide whether a person has achieved a

standard of competency.

Complementary competencies: Set of

knowledge, skills and attitudes which are not

directly linked to a specific occupation or

industry, but which are important for work,

education and life in general, such as

communication, mathematics, organizational

aptitude, and computer literacy, interpersonal

and analytical competency.

Core modules: Modules leading to

competencies’ acquisition that an industry

sector has agreed upon as essential for a person

to be accepted as competent at a particular

level. All modules may be core, but in many

cases competency at a level will involve core

modules plus optional or specialization

modules. Core competencies are normally

those central to work in a particular industry.

Credential: Formal certification issued for

successful achievement of a defined set of

outcomes, e.g. successful completion of a

course in recognition of having achieved

particular knowledge, skills or competencies;

successful completion of an apprenticeship or

traineeship.

Credit: The acknowledgement that a person has

satisfied the requirements of a module.

Curriculum: The specifications for a course or

subject (module) which describe all the learning

experiences a learner undergoes, generally

including objectives, content, intended learning

outcomes, teaching methodology,

recommended or prescribed assessment tasks,

assessment exemplars, etc.

Evidence guide: The part of a competency

standard which provides a guide to the

interpretation and assessment of the unit of

iii

competency, including the aspects which need

to be emphasized in assessment, relationships

to other units, and the required evidence of

competency.

Flexible delivery: A range of approaches to

providing education and training, giving

learners greater choice of when, where and

how they learn. Flexible delivery may involve

distance education, mixed-mode delivery,

online education, self-paced learning, self-

directed learning, etc.

Formal education: Also formal training

education or training provided in educational

institutions such as schools, universities,

colleges, etc. or off the job in a workplace,

usually involving direction from a teacher or

instructor.

General competencies: competencies

correspond to larger operations that go beyond

the tasks, but generally contribute to their

implementation. These activities require more

fundamental learning and are generally

common to several tasks and transferable to

many work situations.

Generic modules: Modules leading to the

attainment of complementary competencies.

Informal education: The acquisition of

knowledge and skills through experience,

reading, social contact, etc.

Internship: An opportunity for a learner to

integrate career related experience by

participating in planned, supervised work.

Key competencies: Any of several generic skills

or competencies considered essential for

people to participate effectively in the

workforce. Key competencies apply to work

generally, rather than being specific to work in a

particular occupation or industry. The following

are key areas of competency which were

developed into seven key competencies:

collecting, analyzing and organizing

information; communicating ideas and

information; planning and organizing activities;

working with others and in teams; using

mathematical ideas and techniques; solving

problems; and using technology.

Knowledge: means the result of the adoption

of information through the learning process.

Knowledge is a set of facts, principles, theories

and practices related to area of work or study.

In CBE context lifelong learning knowledge is

described as theoretical and / or factual.

Learning outcomes: are statements of what

learner knows, understands and can perform,

based on the completion of the learning

process, defined by knowledge, skill and

competency.

Learning activities: Suggested activities that

can be developed during lesson planning and

activity preparation. The choice of learning

activities must be tailored according to group

size, available material resources and

communication tools.

Learning hours: Amount of hours required to

acquire the competency, including the time

allocated to evaluation, which is estimated

between 5 and 10% of the total learning time of

the competency.

Learning outcomes: Statements that indicate

what learners will know or be able to do as a

result of a learning activity. Learning outcomes

are usually expressed as knowledge, skills, or

attitudes.

Learning unit: Any of the basic building blocks

of a module, which describes the key activities

iv

or the elements of the work covered by the

module

Module: A unit of training which corresponds to

one competency and which can be completed

on its own or linked to others.

Occupation: The principal business of one’s life.

Performance criteria The part of a competency

standard specifying the required level of

performance in terms of a set of outcomes

which need to be achieved in order to be

deemed competent. It describes the quality

requirements of the result obtained in labor

performance.

Qualification: means the formal name for the

result of a process of assessment and

validation, which is obtained when a competent

body determines that an individual has

achieved learning outcomes to the standards

laid down.

Quality assurance: The systems and procedures

designed and implemented by an organization

to ensure that its products and services are of a

consistent standard and are being continuously

improved.

Recognition of prior learning (or RPL): The

acknowledgement of a person’s skills and

knowledge acquired through previous training,

work or life experience, which may be used to

grant status or credit in a subject or module.

Skills: are the ability to apply knowledge and

use the principle of “know how” to perform a

specific task and to solve the problem. In

the context of the CBE Framework, skills are

defined as cognitive (involving the use of logical,

intuitive and creative thinking), practical

(including physical skill and use of methods,

materials, devices and instruments) and social

skills (communication and cooperation skills,

emotional intelligence and other).

Specific competencies: Competencies that are

directly related to the tasks of the occupation in

the workplace context. They refer to concrete,

practical, and focused aspects

Traineeship: A system of vocational training

combining off-the-job training at an approved

training provider with on-the-job training and

practical work experience. Traineeships

generally take one to two years and are now a

part of the New Apprenticeships system.

Unit of competency: A component of a

competency standard. A unit of competency is a

statement of a key function or role in a

particular job or occupation. See also element

of competency, performance criteria, range of

variables.

5

WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY – WDA P. O. BOX 2707 Kigali Rwanda T +250 255113365 F +250 255113365 E [email protected] I www.wda.gov.rw

Workforce Development Authority

Empowering people with employable skills and entrepreneurship capacity